REALiS WX6000 - Projector CANON - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free REALiS WX6000 CANON in PDF.
User questions about REALiS WX6000 CANON
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Projector in PDF format for free! Find your manual REALiS WX6000 - CANON and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. REALiS WX6000 by CANON.
USER MANUAL REALiS WX6000 CANON
MULTIMEDIA PROJECTOR
WUX5000
WUX4000
WX6000
SX6000
User's Manual / Installation Manual

natural_image
Exterior view of a white projector with black ventilation grille and camera lens (no visible text or symbols)
AISYS
Aspectual Illumination
System
HDMI ^TM
HIGH DEFINITION MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE
PJLink™
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
User's Manual
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
AppendixInsta
Appendix
Index
ENG
How to Use This Manual
Thank you for purchasing a Canon projector.
The WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000 / SX6000 Multimedia Projector (hereinafter referred to as “the projector”) is a high-performance projector that is capable of projecting a high-resolution computer screen and high-quality digital image on a large screen.
User's Manual (Operation) / Installation Manual (Installation and Maintenance) (This Manual)
This manual combines the user's manual and the installation manual for the WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000 / SX6000 Multimedia Projectors. The user's manual provides information on how to use the projector. The installation manual describes how to install the projector and connect to a network, as well as perform maintenance. Read this manual thoroughly to make the most of your projector. Installation of the projector should be performed by a qualified technician. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for further information.
Symbols of Button Operations
The projector can be operated using the buttons on the remote control or on the side of the projector. The remote control allows you to operate all functions of the projector. In this document, the button's operations are shown as below.

text_image
Adjusting the Image Size The size of the projected image can be adjusted b remote control or the LENS button on the projector. Change the projector installation position if your de adjust it with the zoom function. (P155) Operation of buttons on side of projector Remote control button operation 1 Press either the ZOOM button on the remote control Remote control Projector Remote control Push twice WUX500X / WUX4000X WX6000 / SX6000 Indicate the buttons to be pressedSymbols Used in This Manual
Meanings of the symbols used in this manual are as follows.

A precaution about operation or restriction is given here.
WUX5000 / WUX4000 These descriptions are for WUX5000 / WUX4000.
WX6000 / SX6000 These descriptions are for WX6000 / SX6000.
WUX4000 These descriptions are for WUX4000.
WX6000 These descriptions are for WX6000.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
Please note that enlarging or reducing the size of an image for commercial purposes or public presentation may infringe on the legally protected copyright or the copyright holder of the original material.
About Trademarks
- Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
- Microsoft, Windows, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and / or other countries.
- Mac, Mac OS and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the United States and / or other countries.
- HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC.
- PJLink is a registered trademark, or an application has been submitted for trademark, in Japan, the United States and / or other countries or regions.
Quick Reference Guide
This Quick Reference Guide will help you find functions that make full use of the projector and are useful for producing an attractive presentation, etc.
Connecting the Projector
Connecting to the Computer (P47 - P51) Connecting to AV Equipment (P52 - P55)
Projecting an Image
Starting Projection (P56 - P58) Selecting an Input Signal (P59 - P60)
Adjusting the Image
Adjusting the Image Size and Focus (P71 - P73) Adjusting Keystone Distortion (P76) Adjusting Aspect Ratio (P63 - P70) Eliminating Flickers from Computer Screen and Adjusting Positional Shift (P96, P97)
Adjusting Colors and Image Quality
Projecting an Image on a Greenboard (P103) Selecting an Image Mode Suitable for the Projecting Image (P109) Making Fine Color Adjustments (P114) Removing Noise (P116)
Producing a Presentation
Temporarily Blacking Out an Image (P82) Freezing the Picture (P82) Adjusting the Volume (P83) Muting the Sound (P83) Zooming an Image (P84) WUX5000 / WUX4000 Showing the Elapsed Time (P85)
Changing the Remote Control Channel (P124)
Resetting Projector Setting
Resetting Password (P128) Initializing the Network Setting (P176) Resetting to the Default Setting (P140)
Miscellaneous Functions
Using the Power Saving Mode (P120) Turning on the Projector by Connecting the Power Cord (P121) Disabling the Beep During Operation (P122) Disabling Buttons (P123) Hiding Guide Messages (P126) Setting a Password (P128)
WUX4000
Reducing the Lamp Brightness (P119) WX6000 / SX6000 Displaying Test Pattern (P138) Selecting Audio In Terminal (P139)
Table of Contents
How to Use This Manual ....2
Quick Reference Guide....4
Safety Instructions....12
Safety Precautions....13
CAUTION ON HANGING FROM THE CEILING 13
■ READ AND KEEP THIS OWNER'S MANUAL FOR LATER USE. 14
AC Power Cord Requirement 16
Federal Communication Commission Notice.... 17
Canadian Radio Interference Regulations....17
Precautions for Use 18
Precautions for Installation 19
Precautions on the lamp 21
Precautions for the batteries of the remote control 22
Before Use 25
Supplied Accessories....26
■ Installing Remote Control Batteries 27
Preparing the Remote Control 29
■ Remote Control Operating Range....29
■ When a remote control is connected using a cable (WX6000 / SX6000)....30
Part Names....31
Main Unit (The illustration shows WUX5000.) 31
■ Front Side 31
■ Rear Side 32
■ Bottom Side 32
Remote Control....34
■ RS-RC04 34
■ RS-RC05 36
Side Control 38
■ LED Indicator Displays .... 39
Input Terminal....40
User's Manual (Operation) 43
Projecting an Image 45
Steps for Connecting the Projector and Projecting an Image 46
Connecting the Projector 47
Connecting the Projector to a Computer 47
■ Connecting to RGB Monitor Output Terminal (Analog Connection)....47
■ Connecting to DVI Monitor Output Terminal (Digital Connection)....50
■ Connecting with a HDMI Cable (Input signal type: [HDMI] – P59) 51
■ Outputting Audio to Speakers .... 51
Table of Contents
Connecting to AV Equipment 52
■ Connecting to Digital Video Output Terminal (Digital Connection) 52
■ Connecting to Analog Video Output Terminal (Analog Connection) 53
■ Outputting Audio to Speakers.... 55
Starting Projection....56
■ When the Language Selection Screen Appears.... 57
■ When the Password Input Screen Appears.... 58
■ When "No signal" Appears 58
■ When Notebook Computer Screen Does Not Appear 58
■ Adjusting Image....58
Changing Notebook Computer Screen Output.... 58
■ Turning on External Monitor Output 58
Selecting an Input Signal (INPUT) 59
■ Types of Input Signals 59
■ Selecting an Input Signal 60
Adjusting the Image....61
Setting the Display Resolution of the Computer....61
■ Windows 7....61
■ Windows Vista....61
■ Windows XP 61
■ Mac OS X....62
AUTO PC 62
■ Performing the Auto PC Function.... 62
Selecting Screen Aspect and Aspect 63
■ Selecting Screen Aspect 63
■ Selecting Aspect Ratio....69
Adjusting the Image Size....71
Adjusting the Focus....73
Adjusting the Image Position....74
■ Resetting the Position 75
Adjusting Keystone Distortion 76
■ Resetting the Keystone Adjustment....77
Selecting an Image Mode 78
■ Image Modes 78
■ How to Select an Image Mode.... 79
Turning Off the Projector 80
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation 81
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation.... 82
Temporarily Blacking Out an Image....BLANK....82
Freezing the Picture ....FREEZE .... 82
Adjusting the Volume VOL 83
Muting the Sound....MUTE....83
Zooming an Image ....D.ZOOM.... 84
Showing the Elapsed Time (WUX5000 / WUX4000) P-TIMER 85
Setting Functions from Menus.... 87
How to Use Menus 88
■ Menu Configuration 88
■ Basic Menu Operations....90
Setting Display Status 93
Selecting an Image Projection Mode 93
Automatic Display Adjustment (WX6000 / SX6000) 94
Selecting an Input Signal Type (Analog PC) 94
Selecting an Input Signal Type (Component) (WUX5000 / WUX4000) 95
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Total Dots.... 95
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Tracking 96
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Horizontal Position 96
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Vertical Position 97
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Horizontal Pixels 97
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Vertical Pixels....98
Selecting HDMI Input Level 98
HDMI Color Format....99
Select HDMI Over Scan....100
Performing Progressive Processing .... 101
Selecting a Menu Position 102
Correcting the Screen Color 103
Reversing Projection....104
No Signal Screen....105
Screen When Blank....106
Selecting a Logo at Startup 106
Selecting Aspect Ratio of Screen 107
Adjusting Keystone Distortion (WX6000 / SX6000) 108
Image Shift Adjustment (WX6000 / SX6000).... 108
Selecting an Image Quality....109
Image Adjustment....109
Saving the Desired Image Quality 110
Adjusting the Brightness 111
Adjusting the Contrast 112
Adjusting the Sharpness....113
Performing Gamma Correction....113
Adjusting Color 114
Correcting the Image According to the Ambient Light 115
Noise Reduction 116
Dynamic Gamma....116
Memory Color Correction....117
6-axis Color Adjust (Detailed Color Adjustment) 117
Detailed Gamma Correction 118
Table of Contents
Reducing the Lamp Brightness (WUX4000) 119
Resetting the Image Adjustment Settings.... 119
Setting Various Functions.... 120
Selecting the Power Management Mode 120
Skip the POWER Button Operation.... 121
Enabling / Disabling the Beep 122
Key Repeat (WX6000 / SX6000).... 122
Prohibiting Operations.... 123
Main Unit and Remote Control Channel Settings.... 124
Selecting a Display Language.... 125
Showing / Hiding the Guide Screen 126
Showing / Hiding the Input Status 127
Selecting the HDMI Input 127
Setting a Password 128
Registering a Password 129
Prohibiting Operation of the Lens (WUX5000 / WUX4000).... 130
Lens Shift Reset 131
Extending the Menu Display Time.... 132
Showing / Hiding the High Temperature Warning Icon 133
Reducing Flickering (WUX5000 / WUX4000).... 134
Gamma Restore (WX6000 / SX6000) 134
Lamp Warning Display (WX6000 / SX6000) 135
Resetting the Lamp Counter 135
■ About the Display of the Lamp Counter...... 136
Filter Warning Display (WX6000 / SX6000) 137
Resetting the Air Filter Counter (WX6000 / SX6000).... 137
Displaying Test Pattern (WX6000 / SX6000) 138
Selecting Audio In Terminal (WX6000 / SX6000) 139
Locking Installation Related Functions (WX6000 / SX6000).... 139
Resetting to the Default Setting.... 140
Checking Projector Information 141
Installation Manual (Installation and Maintenance) 143
Installation 145
Installation Precautions.... 146
Precautions When Carrying the Projector.... 146
Installation Precautions 146
Precautions When Carrying and Transporting the Projector.... 146
■ When using mounted on the ceiling 148
■ Install facing in the correct direction 148
Installation Procedure....149
Selecting the Projection Method and Installation Location 150
■ Ceiling Mounting or Rear Projection.... 150
■ Adjusting the projection position when installed on the floor 150
Installing / Removing the Lens Unit ....151
■ Installing the Lens Unit 151
■ Removing the Lens Unit 155
Setting Up the Projector ....156
■ Positioning the Projector in Front of the Screen 156
■ Relationship Between Image Size and Projecting Distance 156
■ Lens Shift Function 160
Connecting to AV Equipment....162
■ Connectable Equipment and Input Terminals.... 162
■ Connection Terminal and Connection Cable 164
Connecting to a Network.... 165
Preparing the Remote Control ....166
Connection Methods....166
Setting an IP Address 167
■ Windows 7 167
■ Windows Vista 168
■ Windows XP 169
■ Mac OS X....170
■ Resetting the IP Address Setting of the Computer....170
Network Settings on the Projector 171
Locking the Network Settings 171
Turning the Network Function On / Off 172
Setting a Network Password....173
Registering a Network Password....173
Turning the PJLink Function On / Off 174
Turning DHCP Function On / Off 175
TCP / IP Setting 175
Initializing Network Settings....176
Configuring the Network From the Computer 177
■ Displaying and Configuring the Network Configuration Screen.... 177
■ Resetting to Factory Defaults .... 180
■ Setting Errors....180
Setting Up the Network....182
■ Setting Basic Information [Network]....182
■ Setting Up Email [Mail] 183
■ Mail Authentication Settings [Mail auth] 184
■ Sending a Test Mail [Send test mail].... 185
■ SNMP Settings [SNMP] 185
■ Setting Projector Information [Projector info.].... 186
■ Setting PJLink [PJLink]....187
Table of Contents
Controlling the Projector from a Computer.... 188
Error Mail 190
Maintenance 191
Cleaning the Projector.... 192
Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter 193
Replacing the Air Filter 193
Cleaning the Air Filter.... 194
Replacing the Lamp.... 195
Replacement Lamp 196
Replacing the Lamp 196
Appendix 199
Appendix.... 201
Troubleshooting....202
LED Indicator Meanings....202
Symptoms and Solutions.... 203
■ You Cannot Turn on the Projector.... 203
■ You Cannot Project an Image from the Projector 203
■ There is no Sound 204
■ The Projected Image Is Blurred 205
■ You Cannot Project an Image Appropriately 205
■ The Projector Power Turns Off 205
■ You Cannot Operate the Remote Control 206
Relationship between Aspect and Screen Aspect....207
WUX5000 / WUX4000....207
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen 207
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen 208
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen....208
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device ..... 209
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device...... 209
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device ..... 210
WX6000....210
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen 210
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen 211
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen....211
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device ..... 212
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device...... 212
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device ..... 213
SX6000....213
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen....213
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen 214
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen 214
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device ..... 215
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device.....215
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device......216
Displayed Test Patterns....217
Supported Signal Types 218
Product Specifications 219
■ Projector 219
■ Remote control 221
■ Specification of Each Lens Unit (Option) 221
■ External View 223
■ ANALOG PC (WUX5000 / WUX4000), ANALOG PC-1 (WX6000 / SX6000) / COMPONENT IN Terminal 223
■ Service Port (CONTROL)....224
Index 228
Menu Configuration 232
Safety Instructions
Before installing and operating the projector, read this manual thoroughly.
This projector provides many convenient features and functions. Operating the projector properly enables you to manage those features and maintain it in good condition for many years to come.
Improper operation may result in not only shortening the product life, but also malfunctions, fire hazards, or other accidents.
If your projector does not seem to be operating properly, read this manual again, check operations and cable connections, and try the solutions in the “Troubleshooting” section in the back of this manual. If the problem still persists, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.

CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE EXCEPT LAMP REPLACEMENT. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

THIS SYMBOL INDICATES THAT DANGEROUS VOLTAGE CONSTITUTING A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK IS PRESENT WITHIN THIS UNIT.

THIS SYMBOL INDICATES THAT THERE ARE IMPORTANT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THIS UNIT IN THE OWNER'S MANUAL.
CAUTION
Not for use in a computer room as defined in the Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer / Data Processing Equipment, ANSI / NFPA 75.

Safety Precautions
WARNING:
• THIS APPARATUS MUST BE GROUNDED.
• TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
- This projector produces intense light from the projection lens. Do not stare directly into the lens, otherwise eye damage could result. Be especially careful that children do not stare directly into the beam.
• Install the projector in a proper position. Otherwise it may result in a fire hazard. - Allowing the proper amount of space on the top, sides, and rear of the projector cabinet is critical for proper air circulation and cooling of the unit. The diagrams shown here indicates the minimum space required. If the projector is to be built into a compartment or similarly enclosed, these minimum distances must be maintained.
SIDE and TOP REAR

text_image
50 cm (1.6') 50 cm (1.6') 50 cm (1.6')
text_image
50 cm (1.6')- Do not cover the ventilation slots on the projector. Heat build-up can reduce the service life of your projector, and can also be dangerous.
- If the projector is unused for an extended time, unplug the projector from the power outlet.
- Do not project the same image for a long time.
An afterimage may remain on the LCD panels due to the characteristics of the panels of the projector.

CAUTION ON HANGING FROM THE CEILING
When hanging the projector from the ceiling, clean the air intake vents and top of the projector periodically with a vacuum cleaner. If you leave the projector unclean for a long time, the cooling fans can be clogged with dust, and it may cause a breakdown or a disaster.
DO NOT SET THE PROJECTOR IN GREASY, WET, OR SMOKY CONDITIONS SUCH AS IN A KITCHEN TO PREVENT A BREAKDOWN OR A DISASTER. IF THE PROJECTOR COMES IN CONTACT WITH OIL OR CHEMICALS, IT MAY BECOME DETERIORATED.
■ READ AND KEEP THIS OWNER'S MANUAL FOR LATER USE.
All the safety and operating instructions should be read before beginning to operate the product.
Read all of the instructions given here and retain them for later use. Unplug this projector from the AC power supply before cleaning. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners on the projector. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.
Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the projector.
For added protection of the projector during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended or unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet. This will prevent damage due to lightning and power surges.
Do not expose this unit to rain or use near water... for example, in a wet basement, near a swimming pool, etc...
Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer as they may result in hazards.
Do not place this projector on an unstable cart, stand, or table. The projector may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the projector. Use only with a cart or stand recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the projector. Wall or shelf mounting should be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, and should use a mounting kit approved by the manufacturers.
An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care.
Sudden stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn.
Slots and openings in the rear and front of the cabinet are provided for ventilation, to insure reliable operation of the equipment and to protect it from overheating.

natural_image
Symbolic illustration of a person climbing a ladder with a monitor on top, set against a red prohibition sign (no text present)The openings should never be covered with cloth or other materials, and the bottom opening should not be blocked by placing the projector on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This projector should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register.
This projector should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a book case unless proper ventilation is provided.
Never push objects of any kind into this projector through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind onto the projector.
Do not install the projector near the ventilation duct of air-conditioning equipment.
This projector should be operated using only the type of power source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power supplied, contact the Canon Customer Support Center or local power company.
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords as this can result in fire or electric shock. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this projector where the cord may be damaged by people walking on it.
Do not attempt to service this projector yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltages or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Unplug this projector from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
a. When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
b. If liquid has been spilled into the projector.
c. If the projector has been exposed to rain or water.
d. If the projector does not operate normally after following the operating instructions.
Adjust only those controls that are covered in the operating instructions as improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the projector to normal operating condition.
e. If the projector has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
f. When the projector exhibits a distinct change in performance—this indicates a need for servicing.
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer that have the same characteristics as the original parts. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or injury.
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this projector, ask the service technician to perform routine safety checks to determine that the projector is in safe operating condition.
AC Power Cord Requirement
The AC Power Cord supplied with this projector meets the requirements for use in the country you purchased it.
AC Power Cord for the United States and Canada:
The AC Power Cord used in the United States and Canada is listed by the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standard Association (CSA).
The AC Power Cord has a grounding-type AC line plug. This is a safety feature to ensure the plug fits into the power outlet. Do not try to tamper with this safety feature. Should you be unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician.

text_image
GroundTHE SOCKET-OUTLET SHOULD BE INSTALLED NEAR THE EQUIPMENT AND EASILY ACCESSIBLE.
NOTE FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE US
Hg LAMP(S) INSIDE THIS PRODUCT CONTAIN MERCURY AND MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS.

natural_image
Symbol of a trash bin crossed out by two diagonal lines (no text or numbers present)

natural_image
Symbol of a trash bin crossed with no text or labelsEuropean Union (and EEA) only.
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2002/96/EC), the Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) and / or your national laws implementing those Directives. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in accordance with the Battery Directive, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd = Cadmium, Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable threshold specified in the Battery Directive. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and batteries and accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-europe.com/environment.
(EEA: Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
Federal Communication Commission Notice
Multimedia Projector, Model: WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000 / SX6000
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio / TV technician for help.
The cable with a ferrite core provided with the projector must be used with this equipment in order to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC rules. Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the instructions. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Canon U.S.A. Inc.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042-1198, U.S.A.
Tel No. (516) 328-5600
Canadian Radio Interference Regulations
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Precautions for Use
As this section contains important safety-related information, be sure to read the following carefully beforehand in order to use your projector correctly and safely.

Warning
If the following situations occur, turn the power off, remove the power plug from the power outlet and contact the Canon Customer Support Center. Failure to do so could cause a fire or result in an electric shock.
- If smoke is emitted
- If an unusual smell or noise is emitted
- If a loud noise is heard and the lamp turns off
- If water or other liquid has entered the projector
- If metal or any other foreign material has entered the projector
- If the projector is knocked over or dropped and the cabinet is damaged

Warning
Pay attention to the following points for handling the power cord. Failing to pay attention to these points could cause a fire, electric shock or personal injury.
- Do not place any objects on the power cord and do not allow it to become trapped under the projector. The power cord may be damaged.
- Do not cover the power cord with a carpet.
- Do not excessively bend, twist, pull or make modifications to the power cord.
- Keep the power cord away from heaters and other sources of heat.
- Do not use the power cord when it is bent finely, coiled or bundled.
- Do not use a damaged power cord. If your power cord is damaged, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
- Do not use any power cord other than the type that is included with this projector.
- Be sure to connect the ground wire of the power cord to ground. Failure to do so could result in an electric shock.
- Be sure to connect the ground wire before connecting the power plug to the outlet. Also when you disconnect the ground wire, be sure to unplug the power plug from the outlet beforehand.

Warning
Pay attention to the following points regarding the power source, power plug and handling of the connector. Failure to do so could result in a fire, electric shock or personal injury.
- Do not use any power source with a voltage other than the voltage indicated (AC 100 - 240 V).
- Do not pull the power cord and be sure to hold the power plug or connector when removing. The cord could be damaged as a result.
- Do not insert any metal objects into the contact parts of the power plug or connector.
- Remove the power plug from the outlet before performing cleaning or maintenance of the projector.
- Do not remove the power plug or connector with wet hands.
- Insert the power plug and connector securely up to the base. Additionally, do not use a damaged power plug or an outlet that is loose.
- If using an extension cord attached to the outlet, make sure that the total electric power consumption of connected devices does not exceed the rated capacity.
- Periodically inspect the power plug and outlet and remove any dust or dirt from between the plug and the outlet.
Precautions for Installation

Warning
Pay attention to the following points regarding installation and handling of the projector. Failure to do so may cause a fire, electric shock or personal injury.
- Do not use the projector in a bathroom or shower room.
- Do not use the projector in rain or snow, by the sea, or in close proximity to a body of water.
- Do not place containers containing a liquid on top of the projector.
- Do not place the projector in any location where it will be exposed to oily smoke or steam, such as a kitchen work surface or table etc.
- Do not touch the projector itself, the power cord, or the cable if lightening strikes.

Warning
Pay attention to the following points regarding installation and handling of the projector. Failure to do so may cause a fire, electric shock or personal injury.
- Do not move the projector until you have switched off the power, removed the power plug from the power outlet and unplugged any other cables.
- Before installing or replacing a lens unit, make sure to remove the power plug from the outlet. Failure to do so could result in an electric shock or injury.
- Do not remove the cabinet from the projector or disassemble it. The interior of the projector contains high-voltage components as well as parts that are hot. These could cause an electric shock or burn. If inspection, maintenance or repair is required, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
- Do not disassemble or modify the projector (including consumable parts) or the remote control.
- Do not insert any object into vents in the projector, such as the air intake vent or exhaust vents.
- Do not place a pressurized can in front of the exhaust vents. The pressure of the contents of the can may increase due to heat from the exhaust vents and this could result in an explosion.
- As strong light beams are emitted while the projector is in use, do not look directly into the projector lens. Doing so could cause an eye injury. Pay particular attention in preventing young children to do so.
- When giving a presentation in front of the projector while it is projecting an image, conduct your presentation from a position where your shadow will not be cast on the screen and where you do not feel blinded by light from the projector.

Caution
Pay attention to the following points regarding installation and handling of the projector.
- If the projector will not be used for a long period of time, be sure to remove the power plug from the power outlet to ensure safety. Failure to do so could cause a fire.
- The temperature of the cabinet around and above the exhaust vents can become hot during projector operation. Touching these areas during operation could cause burns to the hands.
Do not touch these areas. Doing so may cause burns. Pay particular attention in preventing young children from touching these parts. Additionally, do not place any metal objects on these areas. Due to the heat from the projector, doing so could cause an accident or personal injury.

Caution
Pay attention to the following points regarding installation and handling of the projector.
- Do not place any heavy objects on top of the projector or sit / stand on it. Pay particular attention to prevent small children from doing so. The projector may be knocked over and this could result in damage or a personal injury.
- Do not place the projector on an unstable or slanted surface. Doing so may cause the projector to fall or be knocked over and could result in a personal injury.
- Do not place any objects in front of the lens while the projector is operating. Doing so could cause a fire.
- When cleaning off dust or dirt from the projector lens etc., do not use any kind of spray that is flammable. As the temperature of the lamp inside the projector is high, it could ignite, causing a fire.
- Using the lens shift function the lens in the projector moves up / down / left / right powered by a motor. Do not touch the lens when the lens is moving. Doing so could cause a personal injury.
- Before replacing the lens unit, wait at least one hour after the projector is turned off to allow the projector to cool thoroughly. Failure to do so could result in a burn or injury.
- If the projector is used for a long period of time, dust could accumulate inside the projector. This could cause a fire or malfunction. It is recommended that periodic maintenance of the projector be performed. For details of maintenance costs, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
- When hanging the projector from a ceiling, put the projector down on the floor or a workbench before attaching or replacing the lens unit. Failure to do so could result in parts falling off the projector and may cause an accident or personal injury.
Precautions on the lamp

Warning
When replacing the lamp, or when the lamp is damaged, pay attention to the following points. Failure to do so could result in an electric shock or personal injury.
- Be sure to remove the power plug from the power outlet before replacing the lamp.
- When the lamp is damaged, shards of glass may be scattered inside the projector. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for cleaning and inspection of the projector interior and lamp replacement.

Caution
When handling the lamp, pay attention to the following points.
- Be sure not to handle the lamp immediately after it has been used. Be sure to switch off the power and wait for approximately 1 hour for the lamp and the projector to cool down sufficiently. Failure to do so could result in a burn or personal injury due to heat from the lamp or projector.
- When an instruction to replace the lamp has been displayed (LAMP Indicator Displays (P39)), the possibility of the lamp breaking will increase. Replace the lamp with a new one as soon as possible.
- If the lamp is damaged, gas inside the lamp (containing mercury) and dust may be emitted from the exhaust vents. If this happens, immediately open the windows and doors to provide ventilation to the room. If you inhale any gas emitted from the lamp or it has come into contact with your eyes or mouth, consult a doctor immediately.
- When disposing of a used mercury lamp, dispose of it in the same way as a fluorescent lamp and in accordance with the local regulations where you live.
Precautions for the batteries of the remote control

Warning
Pay attention to the following points regarding handling of batteries. Failure to do so could result in a fire or injury.
- Do not place the batteries in a fire or apply heat to, short circuit or disassemble the batteries.
- Do not attempt to recharge the batteries that are included with the remote control.
- Remove the batteries when they have been fully used, or if they will not be used for a long period of time.
- When replacing the batteries, replace both at the same time. Also, do not use two batteries of a different type at the same time.
- Insert the batteries in the correct + / - positions.
- If any liquid leaks from the batteries and comes into contact with skin, wash off thoroughly with water.
For Safe Use
Pay attention to the following points when carrying or transporting the projector.
- This projector is a precision instrument. Do not knock it over or subject it to impacts. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
- When carrying or holding up the projector after attaching the lens unit, be sure not to hold the lens. Doing so may cause damage to the lens unit.
- Do not reuse any packaging or shock-absorbent materials that were supplied with the projector at the time of purchase for transporting or shipping the projector. Protection of the projector cannot be guaranteed if used packaging or shock-absorbent materials are reused. Fragments from shock-absorbent material may also enter the interior of the projector which could cause a malfunction.
- If transportation is necessary, the lens unit should be removed before transporting the projector. If the projector is subjected to excessive impacts during transportation, the lens unit may be damaged. Removal and installation of the lens unit should not be performed by the user. Be sure to have the procedure performed by a qualified technician or contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
For Safe Use
Pay attention to the following points when installing or using the projector.
- Be sure to install the projector in a location where the air intake and exhaust vents are separated from the wall by more than 50 cm (1.6'). Failure to do so could cause a malfunction.
- Do not install the projector in a location that is damp, or where there is a lot of dust, oily smoke or tobacco smoke. Doing so could cause contamination of optical components such as the lens and the mirror and may result in deterioration of image quality.
- Do not touch the lens with bare hands. Doing so may result in deterioration of image quality.
- If the projector is suddenly moved from a location where the temperature is low to a location where the temperature is high, or if the temperature in the location where the projector is installed increases suddenly, moisture in the air could cause condensation to form on the projector lens or mirror. This may cause a blurred image. Wait until the condensation has evaporated for the image projected to return to normal.
- Do not install the projector in a location where the temperature is high or low. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
Operating temperature: 5°C to 35°C Humidity level: up to 85% Storage temperature: -10°C to 60°C
- Do not install the projector near high-voltage electrical power lines or an electrical power source.
- Do not use the projector on a soft surface such as carpet or sponge mat, etc. Doing so could cause heat to build up inside the projector and this could result in a malfunction.
- Do not block the air intake or exhaust vents of the cooling fan. Doing so could cause heat to build up inside the projector and may cause a malfunction.
- Installing the projector in the wrong direction may cause a malfunction or accident. Install the projector so that the left / right incline is within 10^ .
- Do not place any objects on top of the projector that may change shape or color due to heat.
- When using the projector at altitudes greater than 2,300 m, or for projecting upward / downward:
When using the projector at altitudes greater than 2,300 m, or for upward projection or downward projection, it is necessary to change the settings of the projector. For further details, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
Before Use
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
User's Manual
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
AppendixInst
Appendix
Index
Supplied Accessories
Check that the following accessories have been supplied with the projector.
- Remote control

natural_image
Line drawing of a remote control with buttons and dials (no text or symbols)(part No.: RS-RC04) (part No.: RS-RC05)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
● Batteries for the remote control

(AAA size x2) (AA size x2)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
● Power cord (1.8 m)

text_image
For the U.S.A. and Canada For Continental Europe- User's Manual / Installation Manual (CD-ROM)

natural_image
Circular CD or DVD disc with placeholder text and geometric patterns (no readable symbols or text)
natural_image
Line drawing of a remote control with keypad and buttons (no text or symbols)WX6000 / SX6000

WX6000 / SX6000
● VGA cable (1.8 m) for connection to a computer (part No.: YH7-2307) (mini D-sub 15-pin / mini D-sub 15-pin)

natural_image
Illustration of a coiled cable with two connectors (no text or symbols)- Warranty Card - Important Information
■ Installing Remote Control Batteries
WUX5000 / WUX4000
1 Open the battery compartment lid. Slide the lid while pressing it down.
2Insert batteries.
Insert 2 new AAA batteries in the compartment with the + and - poles positioned correctly.
3 Close the compartment lid.
Slide the lid until you hear a click to securely close it.

natural_image
Line drawing of a remote control device with a blue arrow indicating left-side motion (no text or symbols)
natural_image
Line drawing of a remote control device with a blue arrow indicating a component (no text or symbols present)
natural_image
Line drawing of a remote control device with a blue arrow pointing to the left side (no text or symbols present)WX6000 / SX6000
1 Open the battery compartment lid.
Raise the battery cover tab while pushing it.
2Insert batteries.
Insert 2 new AA batteries in the compartment with the + and - poles positioned correctly.
3Close the compartment lid.
Insert the tab into the remote control notch (1) and push the battery cover down (2).

natural_image
Line drawing of a car's side panel with a blue arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)
natural_image
Diagram of a remote control car showing internal components and battery pack (no text or labels)
text_image
(1) (2)
- If buttons on the remote control are inoperative when you attempt to operate the projector, replace the batteries with new ones.
- Do not drop the remote control or subject it to impact.
- Do not spill any liquids on the remote controller. Doing so could damage it.


Prohibition

Caution
Pay attention to the following points when handling the batteries. Failing to do so could result in a fire or personal injury.
- Do not heat, short circuit or disassemble the batteries, or place them in a fire.
-
Do not attempt to recharge the batteries that are included with the remote control.
-
Remove the batteries when they are flat or when the remote control will not be used for a long period of time.
- When replacing the batteries, replace both batteries at the same time and do not use two batteries of a different type together.
- Insert the batteries with the + and - terminals in the correct directions.
- If any liquid from inside the batteries leaks out and contacts your skin, be sure to wash the liquid off thoroughly.
Preparing the Remote Control
■ Remote Control Operating Range
The remote control is an infrared type. Point it at the infrared remote receiver on the front or rear of the projector to operate it.

text_image
25° 8m (26.3') 25° (26.3') 8m 25° 25°
- Use the remote control within a distance of approximately 8m (26.3') from the projector.
- Use the remote control within an angle of 25^ in any direction from directly in front of the infrared remote receiver.
- The remote control may be inoperative if there is an obstacle between the remote control and main unit or the infrared remote receiver on the main unit is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light of lighting equipment.
- When you use 2 or more projectors at the same time, you can change the channel settings to prevent the 2 remote controls from interfering with each other. (P124)
■ When a remote control is connected using a cable (WX6000 / SX6000)
The remote control for WX6000 / SX6000 (RS-RC05) can be used connected to the projector with a cable.
Use a cable with a ∅3.5 mm stereo mini jack (not included).

text_image
Cable Terminal for wired remote control Ø3.5 mm stereo mini jack cable (not included) N CONTROL REMOTE AUDIO IN >AUDIO OUT
- Infrared operations cannot be performed if a cable is connected to the projector or the remote control.
- Use a cable with a ∅3.5 mm stereo mini jack (not included) with a length of 30 m or less.
Main Unit (The illustration shows WUX5000.)
■ Front Side
Power cord connector (P56)

text_image
Side control (P38) Lens unit Air intake vent Do not block the air intake. Doing so may cause a malfunction. Caution Terminals and connectors Infrared remote receiver (P29) Air filter (P193) Anti-theft lock hole An anti-theft wire cable (not included) can be connected.■ Rear Side

text_image
Exhaust vent Do not block the air exhaust. Doing so may cause a malfunction. Caution Lamp cover Infrared remote receiver (P29)■ Bottom Side

text_image
Screw holes for installation of ceiling attachment Adjustable feet (P150)Mounting the Projector on the Ceiling
You can mount the projector on the ceiling. The ceiling attachment (part No.: RS-CL11) is required in order to mount the projector on the ceiling. Depending on the installation environment, an extension pipe (part No.: RS-CL08 or RS-CL09) may also be required. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for more detailed information.

- Make sure to use the optional ceiling attachment.
- You should never install the ceiling attachment by yourself.

If you mount the projector on the ceiling, you have to invert the projected image by selecting [Image flip H/V] from the menu. (P104)

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting bracket and base mount (no text or symbols)Remote Control
The projector can be operated using buttons on the remote control or the side control on the main unit. The RS-RC04 remote control is included with WUX5000 / WUX4000 and the RS-RC05 remote control is included with WX6000 / SX6000.
The remote control allows you to operate all functions of the projector.
■ RS-RC04
WUX5000 / WUX4000
POWER button (P56, P80)
Turns the projector on or off.
FOCUS button (P73)
Adjusts focusing.
[▲/ [ ]buttons: Moves the focus position farther away.
[▼/ [ ] buttons: Moves the focus position nearer.
ASPECT button (P70)
Changes the aspect ratio mode.
D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (P76)
Corrects keystone distortion.
[▲ [ ],▼ [ ] /◀] buttons: For keystone adjustment.
Press D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE to correct keystone distortion.
- Moves the image up, down, left, or right when the screen aspect setting is [16:9 D. image shift] or [4:3 D. image shift] is selected. (P67, P68)
- To move the image, use the [▲/ [ ]▼ or the [◀/ [ ]▶buttons.
Zooms the image in or out digitally.
[+] button: Zooms the image in (up to 12x).
[-] button: Zooms the image out (1x minimum).
[▲] ,▼ [◀] , ▶[ buttons: Move the zoom-in location.
FREEZE button (P82)
Freezes the projected image.
IMAGE button (P79)
Switches the image mode (image quality).

text_image
POWER INPUT FOCUS ZOOM LENS-SHIFT ASPECT ch1/ 1 AUTO PC Ch4/ 4 OK ch2/ 2 D.SHIFT/ KEystone ch3/ 3 ch ALL MENU D.ZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAN Canon RS-RC04INPUT button (P60)
Switches the input signal.
ZOOM button (P71)
Adjusts the image size.
[▲/ [ ]buttons: Increase the image size.
[▼/ [ ] buttons: Decrease the image size.
AUTO PC button (P62)
Adjusts tracking etc. automatically in accordance with the signal from a computer when the analog PC input is selected.
Pointer buttons (P90)
Selects the upper, lower, left or right item in the menu and performs remote control channel settings. (P127)
MENU button (P88)
Displays the menu on the screen and performs remote control channel settings.
P-TIMER button (P85)
Displays the time elapsed since this button was pressed.
BLANK button (P82)
Toggles between display / non-display of image.
GAMMA button (P113)
Adjusts the gamma of the image.
[▶] button: Corrects dark parts of the image so that they are easier to see.
◀button: Corrects bright parts of the image so that they are easier to see.
LENS-SHIFT button (P74)
Moves the lens up, down, left, or right.
[▲] ,▼ [◀] ,▶[ ] / [ ] but to
OK button (P92)
Confirms the item selected from the menu.
VOL button (P83)
Adjusts the sound volume.
[+] button: Increases the volume.
[−] button: Decreases the volume.
MUTE button (P83)
Mutes the sound.
LAMP button (WUX4000) (P119)
Toggles the lamp mode between Standard and Silent.
■ RS-RC05
WX6000 / SX6000
POWER button (P56, P80)
Turns the projector on or off.
ASPECT button (P70)
Changes the aspect ratio mode.
Pointer buttons (P90)
Selects the upper, lower, left or right item in the menu. Performs remote control channel settings when the remote control is used via the infrared transmitter. (P124)
OK button (P92)
Determines the item selected from the menu.
ZOOM button (P71)
Adjusts the image size.
[▲/ [ ]buttons: Increase the image size.
[▼/ [ ] buttons: Decrease the image size.
FOCUS button (P73)
Adjusts focusing.
[ ]V[ ] buttons: Moves the focus position further away.
[▼][ ] buttons: Moves the focus position nearer.
TEST PATTERN button (P138, P217)
Displays the test pattern.
D.ZOOM button (P84)
Zooms the image in or out digitally.
[1] button: Zooms the image in (up to 12x).
[4] button: Zooms the image out (1x minimum).
[▲/ [ ]▼[ ] / [◀] buttons: Move the zoom-in location.
Ch button (P124)
Changes the remote control channel when the remote control is used via the infrared transmitter.
IMAGE button (P79)
Switches the image mode (image quality).

text_image
POWER AUTO PC INPUT DIGITAL ANALOG HDMI COMPONENT ASPECT MENU OK EXIT LENS FOCUS ZOOM SHIFT TEST PATTERN KEYSTONE 1 2 3 D.ZOOM VOL 4 5 6 7 8 9 UTE Ch 0 Fn IMAGE FREEZE BLANK Canon RS-RCOSAUTO PC button (P62)
Adjusts tracking etc. automatically in accordance with the signal from a computer when the analog PC input is selected.
Change input buttons (P60)
Change the input signal between Digital PC, Analog PC-1, Analog PC-2, HDMI and Component.
INPUT button (P60)
Switches the input signal.
MENU button (P89)
Displays the menu on the screen. Performs remote control channel settings when the remote control is used via the infrared transmitter. (P127)
EXIT button (P92)
SHIFT button (P74)
Moves the lens up, down, left or right. [▲] /▼ [ ]◀ / ▶[ b]uttøns[ M]ove the lens.
Cancels functions such as menu display or test pattern during operation and returns to the image display.
KEYSTONE button (P76)
Corrects keystone distortion. To move the image, use the [▲] / [ ] or [ ] / [ ] buttons.
VOL button (P83)
Adjusts the sound volume.
[3] button: Increases the volume.
[6] button: Decreases the volume.
MUTE button (P83)
Mutes the sound.
Numerical buttons (P129, P173, P175)
Enter password and TCP/IP setting values.
Fn button
Cannot be used on this product.
BLANK button (P82)
Toggles between display / non-display of the image.
FREEZE button (P82)
Freezes the projected image.
Terminal for wired remote control (P30)
Connects a cable to the projector for remote control operation.
Side Control
(1) LED indicators (P39)
The projector status is shown by the LED indicators (off / on / flashing). For indicator status, refer to page 39.
- POWER ON (green): Lights up or flashes when the power is on.
- STAND BY (red) : Lights up or flashes during standby or when the projector is shut down.
- WARNING (red): Lights up or flashes when an error occurs.
- LAMP (orange) : Flashes when the time for replacing the lamp is near. When a lamp cover error occurs, the [WARNING] indicator will also flash. When a lamp error occurs, it will illuminate at the same time as the [WARNING] indicator.
- TEMP (red): When the temperature inside the projector is high, it will flash. If the temperature inside the projector increases further and a temperature error occurs, it will illuminate at the same time that the [WARNING] indicator illuminates.

text_image
(1) TEMP LAMP WARNING STAND BY POWER ON (7) DOWN + vol - L OK R (6) UP INPUT (5) LENS (4) MENU (3) (2)(2) POWER button (P56, P80)
Turns the projector on or off.
(3) MENU button (P88, P89)
Displays a menu on the screen.
(4) LENS button Each time the button is pressed, the screen changes to focus adjustment (P73), zoom (image size) adjustment (P71), or lens shift (image position) adjustment (P74). To adjust, use the
[▲] ▼ [ ] o◀ the [ ] / [ ]
(5) INPUT button (P60)
Switches the input signal.
(6) Pointer / VOL buttons (P90)
Adjust the sound volume.
[◀button: Decreases the volume.
[▶] button: Increases the volume.
Selects the upper, lower, left or right item in the menu.
(7) OK button (P92) Determines the item selected from the b menu.t o n s .
■ LED Indicator Displays
The LED indicators flash or illuminate to indicate the operating status of the projector.
☐: Off Lit :ashing
| LED indicator | Operating status | ||||
| POWER ON (green) | STAND BY (red) | WARN-ING (red) | LAMP (orange) | TEMP (red) | |
| Power is not connected. | |||||
| Ready to turn power on (standby). | |||||
| Power is on. | |||||
| Power-saving mode engaged. | |||||
| The time for replacing the lamp is near. | |||||
| Internal temperature is high. | |||||
| A lamp error has occurred. | |||||
| Power was turned off due to high inter-nal temperature. | |||||
| The lamp cover is open. | |||||
| Another error has occurred. | |||||
* Either the [POWER ON] or [STAND BY] indicator illuminates, depending on the power status.
Input Terminal
WUX5000 / WUX4000
(1) (2)

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7)


HOMIN

CONTROL

AUDIO IN


AUDIO

(1) LAN port (P166)
Connects the LAN cable.
Used to connect the projector to a network.
(2)ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal (/COMPONENT IN) (P47, P53)
Receives the analog PC signal (Analog PC).
A component cable can be used to receive the component image signal (Component).
(3)DVI-D IN terminal ( DVI-D IN) (P50)
Connects the external monitor output from a computer.
Receives the digital signal (Digital PC).
(4)HDMI IN terminal (HDMI IN) (P51)
Receives the digital content image signal (HDMI).
Carries both video and audio signals across a single cable.
(5)Service port (CONTROL)
This terminal is used by servicing technicians. It is not used during ordinary use.
(6)AUDIO IN terminal (AUDIO IN) (P47, P50, P53)
Receives the audio input corresponding to 2 image input systems other than HDMI IN. The internal speaker outputs the audio for the selected image signal.
(7)AUDIO OUT terminal ( ♪ AUDIO OUT) (P51, P55)
Outputs the audio to external AV equipment. This outputs the audio signal that corresponds to the projected image signal.
WX6000 / SX6000
(1) (2)

Connects the LAN cable.
Used to connect the projector to a network.
(2)ANALOG PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal
(1/COMPONENT IN) (P47, P53)
Receives the analog PC signal (Analog PC-1).
A component cable can be used to receive the component image signal (Component).
(3)ANALOG PC-2 / DVI-I IN terminal (DVI-I IN) (P50)
Connects the external monitor output from a computer.
Receives the digital PC signal (Digital PC) or analog PC signal (Analog PC-2).
(4)HDMI IN terminal (HDMI IN) (P51)
Receives the digital content image signal (HDMI).
Carries both video and audio signals across a single cable.
(5)Service port (CONTROL)
This terminal is used by servicing technicians. It is not used during ordinary use.
(6) Terminal for wired remote control (REMOTE) (P30)
This terminal is used to connect the remote control using a cable.
(7)AUDIO IN terminal (AUDIO IN) (P47, P50, P53)
Receives the audio signal input for 2 kinds of image input except HDMI IN.
The internal speaker outputs the audio for the selected image signal.
(8)AUDIO OUT terminal (♪ AUDIO OUT) (P51, P55)
Outputs the audio to external AV equipment. This outputs the audio signal that corresponds to the projected image signal.
MULTIMEDIA PROJECTOR
WUX5000
WUX4000
WX6000
SX6000
User's Manual (Operation)

natural_image
Exterior view of a white projector with black ventilation grille and circular lens (no visible text or symbols)Projecting an Image
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
User's Manual
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
AppendixInst
Appendix
Index

Installation work should be performed by a qualified technician. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for further information.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Connecting the Projector to Equipment (P162)"] --> B["Starting Projection (P56)"]
B --> C["Do you want to project an image from a notebook computer?"]
C -->|No| D["Selecting an Input Signal (P59)"]
C -->|Yes| E["For a notebook computer, turn on the monitor output (P58) and then proceed."]
D -->|Is the image projected properly?| F["Projection is complete."]
D -->|No| G["No"]
Adjusting the Image (P61)
Make the following adjustments.
- Setting the Display Resolution of the Computer (P61)
- Selecting an Aspect Ratio of Projected Image (Screen aspect) and a Screen Mode (Aspect) (P63, P69)
- Adjusting Misaligned Images or Flickering of the Screen Using the Auto PC (P62)
- Adjusting the Image Size (P71)
- Adjusting the Focus (P73)
- Adjusting the Image Position (Lens shift) (P74)
- Adjusting Keystone Distortion (P76)
Making Fine Adjustments
- Selecting an Image Mode (P78)
Connecting the Projector
Connecting the Projector to a Computer
Connect the projector to the computer.
A digital connection (P50) is recommended when projecting an image in high quality. When using a computer with an HDMI output terminal, a digital connection (P51) can be made using an HDMI cable.

Caution
Before connecting the cables, turn off both the projector and computer.
■ Connecting to RGB Monitor Output Terminal (Analog Connection)
Connecting with a VGA cable (Input signal type: [Analog PC] (WUX5000 / WUX4000), [Analog PC-1] (WX6000 / SX6000) P59)
WUX5000 / WUX4000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (mini D-sub 15-pin)"]
B --> C["VGA cable (supplied)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding audio"]
D --> E["Audio cable (not included)"]
E --> F["Audio output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"]
G["Projector"] --> H["To ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
H --> I["To AUDIO IN terminal ⌘1"]
I --> J["To AUDIO IN"]
WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (mini D-sub 15-pin)"]
B --> C["VGA cable (supplied)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding audio"]
D --> E["Audio cable (not included)"]
E --> F["Audio output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"]
G["Projector"] --> H["To ANALOG PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
H --> I["Remote 1 AUDIO IN 2 Audio OUT 1"]
I --> J["To AUDIO IN terminal 1"]
Connecting with VGA-DVI cable (Input signal type: [Analog PC-2] P59)
WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (mini D-sub 15-pin)"]
B --> C["VGA-DVI-I cable (not included)<br>When inputting corresponding audio"]
C --> D["Audio output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"]
E["Projector"] --> F["To ANALOG PC-2 / DVI-I IN terminal"]
F --> G["Component I/O HDMI"]
G --> H["Remote Audio In Audio OUT"]
H --> I["To AUDIO IN terminal"]

- Use a VGA cable in which all pins are connected. If the cable is a type in which all pins are not connected, the image may not be correctly displayed.
- Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
- The AUDIO IN terminal can be changed in the Audio in terminal select screen (P139). (WX6000 / SX6000)
Connecting with a BNC cable (Input signal type: [Analog PC] (WUX5000 / WUX4000), [Analog PC-1] (WX6000 / SX6000) P59)
WUX5000 / WUX4000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (mini D-sub 15-pin)"]
B --> C["BNC cable (not included)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding audio"]
D --> E["Audio output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"]
F["Projector"] --> G["To ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
G --> H["To AUDIO IN terminal 1"]
I["Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)"] --> C
J["Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)"] --> C
K["Audio cable (not included)"] --> E
WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (mini D-sub 15-pin)"]
B --> C["BNC cable (not included)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding audio"]
D --> E["Audio output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"]
F["Projector"] --> G["To ANALOG PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
G --> H["To AUDIO IN terminal ♩ 1"]
I["Computer"] --> J["Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)"]
J --> K["BNC cable (not included)"]
K --> L["When inputting corresponding audio"]
L --> M["Audio cable (not included)"]

- A signal with a dot clock higher than 162 MHz cannot be projected.
- Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
- The AUDIO IN terminal can be changed in the Audio in terminal select screen (P139). (WX6000 / SX6000)
■ Connecting to DVI Monitor Output Terminal (Digital Connection)
Connecting with a DVI cable (Input signal type: [DVI-D] (Digital PC) - P59)
WUX5000 / WUX4000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (DVI terminal)"]
B --> C["DVI-D cable (not included)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding sound"]
D --> E["Audio cable (not included)"]
F["Projector"] --> G["To DVI-D IN terminal"]
G --> H["COMPONENT IN 22 DV-D IN HDMI IN CONT"]
H --> I["To AUDIO IN terminal 1 2"]
I --> J["To AUDIO OUT"]
K["AUDIO output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"] --> L["Monitor output terminal (DVI terminal)"]
WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Monitor output terminal (DVI terminal)"]
B --> C["DVI-I cable (not included)"]
C --> D["When inputting corresponding audio"]
D --> E["Audio cable (not included)"]
F["Projector"] --> G["To Analog PC-2 / DVI-I IN terminal"]
G --> H["COMPONENT IN"]
H --> I["2D1-1 IN"]
I --> J["HDMI IN"]
J --> K["CONT"]
L["To AUDIO IN terminal"] --> M["REMOTE"]
M --> N["AUDIO IN"]
N --> O["AUDIO OUT"]
P["AUDIO output terminal (AUDIO OUT)"] --> Q["Data block"]

- Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
- The AUDIO IN terminal can be changed in the Audio in terminal select screen (P139). (WX6000 / SX6000)
■Connecting with a HDMI Cable (Input signal type: [HDMI] – P59)

flowchart
graph LR
A["Computer"] --> B["Digital image output terminal (HDMI terminal)"]
B --> C["HDMI cable (not included)"]
C --> D["* When an HDMI cable is connected, digital audio is also connected at the same time."]
E["Projector"] --> F["To HDMI IN terminal"]
F --> G["2 DVI-D IN"]
F --> H["HDMI IN"]
F --> I["CONTROL"]
■ Outputting Audio to Speakers
It is possible to output audio from the projected images to amplified speakers.

flowchart
graph LR
A["Projector"] --> B["To AUDIO OUT terminal"]
B --> C["Speaker"]
C --> D["Audio input terminal (AUDIO IN)"]
B --> E["Audio cable (not included)"]
E --> F["RCA terminal"]
E --> G["Mini jack"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
Connecting to AV Equipment
Connect the projector and AV equipment.
The description provided here is one example. For more detailed information, refer to the manual for the connected AV equipment.

Caution
Before connecting the cables, turn off both the projector and AV equipment.
■ Connecting to Digital Video Output Terminal (Digital Connection)
Connecting with a HDMI cable (Input signal type: [HDMI] - P59)

flowchart
graph LR
A["AV equipment"] --> B["Digital video camera"]
B --> C["Digital video output terminal (HDMI terminal)"]
C --> D["HDMI cable (not included)"]
D --> E["* When an HDMI cable is connected, digital audio is also connected at the same time."]
F["Projector"] --> G["To HDMI IN terminal"]
G --> H["2DVI-D IN"]
G --> I["HDMI IN"]
G --> J["CONTROL"]
■ Connecting to Analog Video Output Terminal (Analog Connection)
Connecting with a component cable (Input signal type: [Component] - P59)
A component video signal from the AV equipment can be inputted into the projector by connecting the component cable to the COMPONENT IN terminal of the projector.
Use a commercially available component cable (not included) that fits the terminal type of the AV equipment to create a relay connection.
WUX5000 / WUX4000

flowchart
graph TD
A["AV equipment"] --> B["RCA component terminal"]
B --> C["D terminal"]
C --> D["Video output terminal"]
D --> E["Monitor output terminal (DVI terminal)"]
E --> F["RCA terminal"]
F --> G["Mini jack"]
G --> H["AUDIO output terminal"]
I["Projector"] --> J["To ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
J --> K["1 / COMPONENT IN"]
J --> L["2 DVI-D IN"]
K --> M["When inputting corresponding audio"]
L --> M
N["Component cable (not included)"] --> O["D terminal plug - RCA plug component conversion cable (not included)"]
O --> P["DVI-D cable (not included)"]
P --> Q["Audio cable (not included)"]
R["AV equipment"] --> S["RCA plug - RCA plug component cable (not included)"]
S --> T["Component cable (not included)"]
T --> U["D terminal plug - RCA plug component conversion cable (not included)"]
U --> V["DVI-D cable (not included)"]
W["Projector"] --> X["To ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
X --> Y["1 / COMPONENT IN"]
X --> Z["2 DVI-D IN"]
Y --> AA["Audio IN 1"]
Z --> AB["Audio OUT 1"]
WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph TD
A["AV equipment"] --> B["RCA component terminal"]
B --> C["D terminal"]
C --> D["Video output terminal"]
D --> E["RCA terminal"]
E --> F["Mini jack"]
F --> G["AUDIO output terminal"]
H["Projector"] --> I["To ANALOG PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
I --> J["1/COMPONENT IN"]
I --> K["2DVI-1 IN"]
J --> L["REMOTE"]
K --> M["AUDIO IN"]
L --> N["Audio OUT"]
M --> O["Audio cable (not included)"]
P["RCA plug - RCA plug component cable (not included)"] --> Q["Component cable (not included)"]
Q --> R["D terminal plug - RCA plug component conversion cable (not included)"]
R --> S["When inputting corresponding audio"]

- Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
- The AUDIO IN terminal can be changed in the Audio in terminal select screen (P139). (WX6000 / SX6000)
■ Outputting Audio to Speakers
It is possible to output audio from the projected images to AV equipment or amplified speakers.

flowchart
graph LR
A["Projector"] -->|To AUDIO OUT terminal| B["Speaker"]
B --> C["Audio cable (not included)"]
C --> D["Audio input terminal (AUDIO IN)"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. Using an audio cable with a built-in resistor will reduce the audio volume.
Starting Projection
1 Check the connection between the projector and the computer or AV equipment. (P52 – P55)
2 Connect the power cord and make sure that the [STAND BY] indicator is lit (red).

text_image
TEMP LAMP WARNING STAND BY POWER ON Cactus
Connect the ground terminal on the power plug to ground. Not doing so could result in an electric shock. Also the computer may suffer electromagnetic interference or be subject to poor TV and radio reception.

- Fully insert the power cord plug into the socket.
- After turning off the projector, wait at least 5 minutes before turning it on again. It may shorten the lamp life if you turn on the projector immediately after turning it off.
- Unplug the power cord when not in use.
3Press the POWER button.
The [POWER] indicator flashes green, and then stops flashing and remains lit.

The countdown window is displayed for approximately 20 seconds, and then the projection is started. Press the OK or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000) to make the countdown window disappear.
4Turn on the computer or AV equipment power.
Changing Operations When Projector is Turned On
You can change operations when the projector is turned on as follows.
- You can turn on the projector by connecting the power cord, without pressing the POWER button. (P121)
- You can change the countdown window. (P106)
- You can skip the countdown window. (P56)
Using the Power Saving Mode (Power Management)
When you enable the power management mode, the lamp is automatically turned off if the projector receives no signal input for a certain period of time. (P120)
■ When the Language Selection Screen Appears
A window appears when the projector is turned on for the first time. You can select a language to be used by the projector for displaying menus and messages in the window.
Select the desired language with the pointer buttons and press the OK button.
You can change the language from the menu at a later time. (P125)
If the language selection screen is out of focus, press the FOCUS button to perform focus adjustment. (P73)

| Language | |||
| English | Русский | Čeština | |
| Deutsch | Nederlands | Dansk | |
| Français | Suomi | Інтулиزی | |
| Italiano | Norsk | 中文简体 | |
| Español | Türkçe | 中文繁體 | |
| Português | Polski | 한국어 | |
| Svenska | Magyar | 日本語 | |
An item highlighted in orange will be selected.
■ When the Password Input Screen Appears
If you have set a password, the Password input screen appears. Enter your password. (P128)
■ When “No signal” Appears
With a notebook computer, the user must turn on the external monitor output. (P58) Press the INPUT button to select the input signal. (P60)
■ When Notebook Computer Screen Does Not Appear
Set your notebook computer to output signals to an external monitor. For more details, refer to “Changing Notebook Computer Screen Output” below.
■ Adjusting Image
- Set the display resolution of the computer to the highest resolution or the resolution closest to that setting. (P61)
- Use the auto PC function to adjust shift in computer image or the flickering of the screen. (P62)
- Use the ZOOM button to adjust the size of the projected image. (P71)
- Use the FOCUS button to correct the focus adjustment if necessary. (P73)
- Use the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or KEYSTONE button (WX6000 / SX6000) to adjust keystone correction if necessary. (P76)
- Select the aspect ratio of the projected image (screen aspect) or a screen mode (aspect) according to the aspect ratio of the screen, type of input image signal etc. (P63 - P70)
- Select an image mode depending on the projected image. (P78)
Changing Notebook Computer Screen Output
With a notebook computer, the user must turn on the external monitor output on the computer side.
This operation is not required for a desktop computer.
■ Turning on External Monitor Output
You can turn on the external monitor output via keyboard operation.
To turn on the external monitor output with most computers, press the function key ([F1] to [F12]) which is marked with the external monitor icon while holding down the [Fn] key.

text_image
While pushing Fn key Press a key such as □ or □.
- The function key you use and the method used to turn on the external monitor output vary depending on the model. For details, see the manual for your notebook computer.
- With Windows 7, you can turn on image output by holding down the Windows logo key and pressing the [P] key.
Selecting an Input Signal (INPUT)
Select the input signal in the [Input] menu when you want to project a digital PC or AV equipment signal, or to switch between inputs when multiple computers or multiple sets of AV equipment are connected.
Skip this step if you have not changed the input signal since the last projection.
■ Types of Input Signals
The table below shows the relationship among input signals supported by the projector, input terminals and connection cables.
| Input signal | Supported projectors | Input terminal Types of connection cables | |
| HDMI | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | ![]() | HDMI cable (not included)![]() |
| Digital PC | WUX5000WUX4000 | 2 DVI-D IN![]() | DVI cable (not included)![]() |
| WX6000SX6000 | 2 DVI-I IN![]() | ||
| Analog PCAnalogPC-1 | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | 1 /COMPONENT IN![]() | VGA cable (supplied)![]() |
| WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | 1 /COMPONENT IN![]() | BNC cable (not included) Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)BNC cable (not included) | |
| AnalogPC-2 | WX6000SX6000 | 2 DVI-I IN![]() | VGA-DVI cable (not included)![]() |
| Component | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | 1 /COMPONENT IN![]() | Component cable (not included)[7AXTRCA plug - RCA plug component cable (not included) |
■ Selecting an Input Signal
1 Press the INPUT button to display the window shown below.

The currently active input signal is marked with a circle and highlighted in orange. An input signal that is ready for projection is displayed in white. When no signal is received, it is displayed in gray. However [HDMI] and [DVI-D] (WUX5000 / WUX4000) (Digital PC), or [Digital PC] (WX6000 / SX6000) may be displayed in gray even if they are ready for projection.
2 You can switch the available input signal types by pressing the INPUT button.
- You can select the target input signal with [▲/ [ ].▼
- Only the input signals displayed in white can be selected.
3Press the OK button to confirm the input signal type.
Change the input signal with the input signal buttons. (WX6000 / SX6000)
For WX6000 / SX6000, you can also switch to the input signal you want by pressing the button that corresponds to that signal.

text_image
Remote control POWER AUTO PC INPUT DIGITAL ANALOG HDMI COMPONENT WX6000 / SX6000Adjusting the Image
Setting the Display Resolution of the Computer
Based on the maximum resolution of the projector, set the display resolution of the computer to the resolution closest to the output signal resolution of the projector. (P218)
Maximum resolution
WUX5000 / WUX4000: 1920 X 1200 dots
SX6000: 1400 X 1050 dots
WX6000: 1440 X 900 dots
Windows 7
1 Open the [Control Panel] from the start menu, then select [Appearance and Personalization] - [Adjust screen resolution] in the [Control Panel Home].
2Click the [Resolution] tab, and move the slider to select or the resolution closest to the maximum output signal resolution of the computer.
3 Click the OK button.
■ Windows Vista
1 Open the [Control Panel] from the start menu, then select [Appearance and Personalization] - [Adjust screen resolution] in the [Control Panel Home].
2Select the resolution closest to the maximum output signal resolution of the computer from the [Resolution] list.
3Click the OK button.

text_image
Display Settings Monitor Generic FoF Monitor on NVIDIA GeForce MX 100/280 (Microsoft Corporation XODOM) Resolution: Low High 1000 by 1200 pixels Color: Highest (32 bit) Advanced Settings... How did get the best display? OK Cancel Apply
text_image
Display > Screen Resolution Change the appearance of your display Display: L-DELLIUSPR Resolution: LBR + 20H (recommended) Orientation: Landscape OK Cancel ApplyWindows XP
1 Right-click on the desktop background and select [Properties] to open the [Display Properties].
2Click the [Settings] tab, and under [Screen Resolution], select the resolution closest to the maximum output signal resolution of the computer.
3Click the OK button.

text_image
Display Properties Themes Desktop Screen Save Appearance Settings Drag the monster icon to match the physical arrangement of your monsters. 1 2 Display 2. Default Handed on Intel®180945G Express Object Family Screen resolution Less Name 1920 by 1200 pixels Color quality Highout (32 bit) Describe double on the precursor Extending Windows desktop onto this monster Identify Troubleshoot Advanced OK Cancel Apply■ Mac OS X
1 Open the Apple Menu and select [System Preferences].
2In the [System Preferences] window, click the [Displays] icon to display the Display window.
3 Select the [Display] tab and select the resolution closest to the maximum output signal resolution of the computer from the [Resolutions] list.
4Close the [System Preferences] window.

text_image
DELL 1703FP Show All Display Color Revolutions: 640 x 480 (stretched) 640 x 512 800 x 600 800 x 600 (stretched) 800 x 640 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 (stretched) 1024 x 820 1200 - 950 1200 x 1200 Colors: Millions Refresh Rate: 75 Hertz Detect Displays Show displays in menu barAUTO PC
If the image display is shifted or there is flickering of the screen when [Analog PC] (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or [Analog PC-1] [Analog PC-2] (WX6000 / SX6000) is selected, press the AUTO PC button to adjust the projector to the optimal condition.
The adjustment results will be stored. If the projector is used again with the same computer, when the input signal is selected the image will be projected automatically under the same conditions that were previously adjusted.
■ Performing the Auto PC Function
Press the AUTO PC button to perform projector adjustment.

text_image
Remote control POWER INPUT FOCUS ZOOM LENS-SHIFT ASPECT α1/1 AUTO PC POWER AUTO PC INPUT DIGITAL ANALOG HDMI COMPONENT WUX5000 / WUX4000 WX6000 / SX6000
If the projected image was not properly adjusted with the [AUTO PC] function, perform the following steps.
- From [Input signal select], select an input signal type based on the resolution of the computer. (P94)
- If the adjustment is still insufficient, from [Input signal settings] select [Total dots], [Tracking], [Horizontal position], [Vertical position], [Horizontal pixels] and [Vertical pixels] to make adjustments. (P95 - P98)
- For the signal types supported by the projector, see the table on page 218.
Selecting Screen Aspect and Aspect
Select an optimum aspect ratio of the projected image (screen aspect) or an optimum screen mode (aspect) according to the aspect ratio of the screen, type of input image signal and so on for the projection to make best use of the screen size.
[Screen aspect] Select the same screen aspect ratio as the screen you are using. [Aspect] In general, select [Auto].
You may need to change the setting depending on the resolution of the computer or other AV equipment connected. If the image is not projected with the desired aspect ratio, refer to page 207.
■ Selecting Screen Aspect
Select the correct aspect ratio for the screen which is used.
Perform the following steps to select the aspect ratio of the projected image.
1 Press the MENU button to display a menu window.


text_image
Analog PC-1 Input settings Aspect Auto Auto PC Input signal select 1920 x 1200 Input signal settingsAdjusting the Image
2 Use the [◀] / [▶] buttons to select the [Display settings] tab (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or [Install settings] (WX6000 / SX6000).

3 Select [Screen aspect] with the [▲] / [▼], and then press the OK button.
Remote control

text_image
OK CH4/4 CH2/2 CH3/3 CHALL MENUProjector

text_image
OK VOUT R DOWN VOUT UPRemote control

text_image
ASPECT MENU OK EXITWUX5000 / WUX4000

text_image
Analog PC Display settings Aspect Auto Input signal select 1400 x 1050 Input signal settings Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 4.3WX6000 / SX6000

text_image
Analog PC-1 Positional lock Off Text pattern Off Screen aspect 4.3 Keystone adjustment 16.10 Digital image shift 18.9 Image flip H/V 16.10 D, image shift Lens shift reset 16.9 D, image shift Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screen4 Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select the desired contents.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select the desired contents. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/d9c6e27fc1225f932e00c9b50c4bf9021324f3832198377772a25dc6b09fda21.jpg)
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select the desired contents. - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/655d6a51216cff915cc1cf07fdaff9b823cae42954033d50a91720f06d7fcbc8.jpg)
text_image
Analog PC-1 Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 4:3 Keystone adjustment ▶16:10 Digital image shift 16:9 Image flip H/V 16:10 D. image shift Lens shift reset 16:9 D. image shift Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenScreen aspect compatibility for each model of projector is as follows.
Select this when you use a screen with aspect ratio of 16:10. Also, select this when you project an image on a wall. You can correct keystone distortion with this mode. (P76)
16:9
Select this when you use a screen with aspect ratio of 16:9. You can correct keystone distortion with this mode. (P76)
4:3
Select this when you use a screen with aspect ratio of 4:3. You can correct keystone distortion with this mode. (P76)
16:10 D. image shift (SX6000)
Select when the screen aspect ratio is 16:10. Keystone correction cannot be performed in this mode. However when projecting level, it is possible to shift the image up or down.
For details about how to shift the image, refer to page 67.

natural_image
Black-and-white cityscape featuring a river with boats and historic buildings (no visible text or signage)16:10 screen

natural_image
Black-and-white cityscape featuring a river with boats and historic buildings (no visible text or signage)16:9 screen

natural_image
Black-and-white cityscape featuring a river with boats and buildings, no visible text or symbols4:3 screen
16:9 D. image shift
Select this when you use a screen with aspect ratio of 16:9. You cannot correct keystone distortion in this mode, but you can move the image up or down with images being projected horizontally.
For the details on how to move the image, refer to page 67.
4:3 D. image shift (WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000)
Select this when you use a screen with aspect ratio of 4:3.
You cannot perform the keystone adjustment in this mode; however, you can move the image to the left or right while projecting the image horizontally.
For the details on how to move the image, refer to page 68.
5Press the OK button to confirm your setting and then press the MENU button.
Moving Image with 16:9 D. Image Shift / 16:10 D. Image Shift (SX6000)
16:10 D. image shift cannot be used for the WUX5000, WUX4000 and WX6000.
1 For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, when the screen aspect is [16:9 D. image shift], if the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button is pressed, the screen below on the right is displayed.

text_image
Remote control WUX5000 / WUX4000 D Swift KEystone OK Ch3/ Ch2/ Ch1/4/2 Ch1/2/4 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 Ch1/2/2 D.image shift adjustment +0For the WX6000 / SX6000, when the screen aspect is [16:9 D. image shift], and for the SX6000, when the screen aspect is set to [16:10 D. image shift], press the MENU button, select the [Installation settings] tab with the [◀] and [ ] buttons, and then select [Digital image shift] with the [▼] and [▲] buttons. (P108)
2 Use the [▼] / [▲] buttons to move the image.

text_image
Remote control Projector Remote control WUX5000 / WUX4000 WX6000 / SX6000Screen

text_image
[▲button Moves image up] [▼button Moves image down]3 When the image fits the screen, press the OK button.
Moving Image with 4:3 D. Image Shift (WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000)
4:3 D image shift cannot be used for SX6000.
1 For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, when the screen aspect is [4:3 D. image shift], if the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button is pressed, the screen below on the right is displayed.

text_image
Remote control OK SHIFT REMSTONE cn3/ cn2/4 cn2/2 cnALL MENU D.image shift adjustment WUX5000 / WUX4000For the WX6000, when the screen aspect is set to [4:3 D. image shift], press the MENU button, select the [Installation settings] tab with the [◀ and [ ]▶buttons, and then select [Digital image shift] with the [▼] and [▲] buttons. (P108)
2Use [ ] / [ ] to move the image.

text_image
Remote control Projector Remote control WUX5000 / WUX4000 WX6000Screen
[◀button Moves the image left]

natural_image
Three black-and-white photos showing a waterfront cityscape with buildings and boats, each with an arrow indicating direction of change (no text or symbols)3 When the image fits the screen, press the OK button.
Resetting the Image Shift
Perform the following steps to reset the image shift adjustment.
Press the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (WUX5000 / WUX4000), twice to display the [D. image shift reset] window.
Then, select [OK] with the [◀] button and press the OK button.
■ Selecting Aspect Ratio
Select [Aspect] based on the input signal type, aspect ratio of the screen and resolution. For more details about aspect ratios, refer to page 207.
Types of Aspect Ratios
Auto
The image is projected at the aspect ratio of the input signal. Select this mode for normal image projection.
Full (WUX5000 / WUX4000)
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:10.
Select this to project computer screen images having an aspect ratio of 16:10 (WUXGA, WSXGA+, WXGA+ and WXGA (1280 x 800)) fully on the screen.

This can only be selected when the screen aspect is 16:10.
16:10 (WX6000 / SX6000)
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:10.
Select this if an image of 16:10 aspect ratio cannot be correctly projected in [Auto] mode when using video software.
16:9
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:9. Select this if an image of 16:9 aspect ratio cannot be correctly projected in [Auto] mode.
4:3
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 4:3. Select this if an image of 4:3 aspect ratio cannot be correctly projected in [Auto] mode.
Zoom
This cuts the upper/lower or left/right part of the image according to the screen aspect and zooms in or out of the center of the image. Select this if a letter box is displayed (black lines at the top/bottom of the screen) when using video software.

There may be some cases when this cannot be selected, depending on the input signal and/or resolution.
True size
The image is projected with the original resolution of the input signal. Select this to clearly project a computer screen image which has a resolution of WUXGA or lower.

There may be some cases when this cannot be selected, depending on the input signal and/or resolution.
How to Select an Aspect Ratio
Press the ASPECT button on the remote control and select an appropriate aspect ratio. Press the ASPECT button to change the aspect ratio type.
For more details about aspect ratios, refer to page 207.

text_image
Remote control POWER INPUT FOCUS ZOOM LENS-SHIFT ASPECT ON/1 AUTO PC WUX5000 / WUX4000 WX6000 / SX6000
flowchart
graph TD
A["Auto"] --> B["Full"]
B --> C["16:9"]
C --> D["4:3"]
D --> E["Zoom"]
E --> F["True size"]
You can also select any aspect ratio from [Aspect] in the menu. (P93)

Some aspect ratios may not appear depending on the type of input signal.
Adjusting the Image Size
The size of the projected image can be adjusted by pressing the ZOOM button on the remote control or the LENS button on the projector. Change the projector installation position if your desired image is too large or too small to adjust it with the zoom function. (P156)
1 Press either the ZOOM button on the remote control or the LENS button on the projector twice in order to display the window shown below.

Adjusting the Image
2Press the pointer buttons to adjust the image size.

Use the [▲] button on the remote control, or the UP button on the projector to increase the image size.
Use the [▼] button on the remote control, or the DOWN button on the projector to decrease the image size.
3 When the desired image size is selected, press the OK button or the ZOOM button.

When the Short Fixed Lens (RS-IL03WF) is attached, zoom adjustment cannot be performed.
Adjusting the Focus
To adjust the focus, press the FOCUS button on the remote control or the LENS button on the projector.
For the projection distances of the lens unit, refer to page 156.
1 Press either the FOCUS button on the remote control or the LENS button on the projector in order to display the window shown below.

2Press the pointer buttons to adjust the focus.

Use the [▲] button on the remote control, or the UP button on the projector to adjust the focus position.
Use the [▼] button on the remote control, or the DOWN button on the projector to perform fine adjustment.
3 When the focus is adjusted optimally, press the OK button or the FOCUS button.
Adjusting the Image Position
To adjust the screen position up, down, left, or right, press the LENS-SHIFT button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or SHIFT button (WX6000 / SX6000) on the remote control, or the LENS button on the projector. This function is referred to as "lens shift". It can change the projected screen to the most suitable position by moving the position of the lens up/down/left/right. (P160)

- The available range for lens shift (percentage of movement relative to the screen size) varies depending on the lens unit which is used. (P161)
- There are areas where each lens is unable to move. With the Short Fixed Lens (RS-IL03WF), the areas are at the four corners and for the other lenses, the areas are at the top left and bottom right. (P161)
1 Press either the LENS-SHIFT button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or the SHIFT button (WX6000 / SX6000) on the remote control, or the LENS button on the projector 3 times in order to display the window shown below.
* If the Short Fixed Focus Lens (RS-IL03WF) is attached, when the LENS button on the projector is pressed twice, the window below will be displayed.

text_image
Remote control Projector Push three times* Remote control POWER INPUT FOCUS ZOOM LENS-SHIFT ASPECT αV AUTO PC WUX5000 / WUX4000 NING INPUT LENS MENU OK EXIT LENS NECKS ZOOM START TEST PATTERN KEYSTONE 1 2 3 WX6000 / SX6000
text_image
Lens shift adjustment2Press the pointer buttons to adjust.

3 When the desired position is reached, press the OK button.
■Resetting the Position
The lens position after movement with the lens shift function is not returned when the power is turned off. To return it to its original position, perform reset.
During screen position adjustment, press and hold the LENS-SHIFT button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or SHIFT button (WX6000 / SX6000) on the remote control, or the LENS button on the projector to display the [Lens shift Reset] window.
The selections for the lens currently used are displayed. Use the pointer buttons to select one of them, then press the OK button.

text_image
Lens shift Reset Returns the lens shift pos. to the preset pos. Preset Positions ▶ 50% (Home pos.) 0% OK| Lens unit type Available items | |
| Standard Zoom LensRS-IL01ST | 50% (Home position) : Up 50%, left / right 0%0% : Up / down / left / right 0% |
| Long Zoom LensRS-IL02LZ | |
| Ultra Long Zoom LensRS-IL04UL | |
| Short Fixed LensRS-IL03WF | 0% (Home position) : Up / down / left / right 0% |
Adjusting Keystone Distortion
The D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or KEYSTONE button (WX6000 / SX6000) can be used to correct keystone distortion.

- Keystone can be adjusted within the range of ± 20 degrees. If the keystone distortion is too large to adjust, move the projector installation position so that it is completely straight.
- The result of keystone adjustment is stored in memory. If you place the projector in the same position, the keystone adjustment is not necessary.
- Signals are processed digitally when keystone distortion is corrected. The image may look different from the original one. In addition, the aspect ratio of the image may change.
- Perform keystone distortion correction with the lens shift position in the home position. Correction will not be performed correctly if the position is not the home position.
1 Press the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or KEYSTONE button (WX6000 / SX6000) to display the window in the center illustration below.

text_image
Remote control Remote WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
Keystone adjustment +0 +0
text_image
OK EXIT LENS 700M 250M SHF TEST PATTERN KEYSTONE 1 2 3 OK WX6000 / SX60002Press the pointer buttons to adjust.

Reduces the dimensions of the upper edge Reduces the dimensions of the lower edge

Reduces the dimension of the left edge
Reduces the dimension of the right edge
3 When keystone distortion has been corrected, press the OK button.
■ Resetting the Keystone Adjustment
Perform the following steps to reset the keystone adjustment.
Press the D.SHIFT/KEYSTONE button (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or KEYSTONE button (WX6000 / SX6000) twice to display the [Keystone reset] window.
Then, select [OK] with the [◀] button, and press the OK button.

text_image
Keystone reset Keystone adjustment will be reset to defaults. OK? OK CancelSelecting an Image Mode
You can select an image mode to suit the projected image.
In each image mode, you can further adjust the brightness, contrast, sharpness, gamma, color adjustment, advanced adjustment, and lamp mode (WUX4000). (P109)
■ Image Modes
The image modes which can be selected vary somewhat depending on the selected input signal.
| Image Mode | Compatible input signals | Explanation | |
| Digital PC Analog PC (WUX5000 / WUX4000) Analog PC-1, 2 (WX6000 / SX6000) HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]) | Component HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]) | ||
| Standard | ○ | ○ | Suitable for projecting a computer screen or watching media played with video software in a brightish room. This image mode emphasizes white tones. |
| Presentation | ○ | — | Suitable for viewing text-based images in a brightish room. |
| Dynamic | — | ○ | Suitable for watching media played with video software in a brightish room. |
| VividPhoto | ○ | — | Suitable for viewing images with vibrant colors in a moderately dark room. This image mode emphasizes color saturation. |
| Photo/sRGB | ○ | ○ | Suitable for viewing images taken with a digital camera that supports sRGB in a moderately dark room. This image mode supports the sRGB standard. |
| Video | — | ○ | Suitable for watching video taken with a video camera in a moderately dark room. |
| Cinema | — | ○ | Suitable for watching media played with video software in a dark room. This image mode enables viewers to enjoy the atmosphere of a movie theater. |
| User 1 - 5 * * | ○ | ○ | * Up to 5 user-selected combinations of image quality settings can be stored in the memory. (P110) Stored settings can be selected as an image mode. |
○: Compatible ÷ Not compatible
■ How to Select an Image Mode
Press the IMAGE button on the remote control to select.
The image mode changes each time the IMAGE button is pressed. (The displayed image modes vary depending on the selected input signal.)

flowchart
graph TD
A["Remote control"] --> B["WUX5000 / WUX4000"]
B --> C["WX6000 / SX6000"]
C --> D["Standard"]
C --> E["Presentation"]
C --> F["VividPhoto"]
C --> G["Photo/sRGB"]
C --> H["User 1"]
You can also select any image mode from the [Image mode] menu. (P109)
- User settings 1 - 5 are displayed when the desired image settings have been created and stored using the user memory function in the image adjustment menu. (P110)
Turning Off the Projector
1 Press the POWER button to display the window shown below.

text_image
Remote control POWER INPUT FOCUS ZOOM LINS-SHIFT ASPECT ON/ AUTO PC Projector ID BY ER ON WUX5000 / WUX4000 Remote control POWER AUTO PC INPUT DIGITAL ANALOG 1 2 HDMI COMPONENT WX6000 / SX6000 Push POWER button again to turn off power. After the power is turned off, the power cord can be unplugged even if the cooling fan is still running. OKWhen this window is displayed, press the POWER button again to turn off the power. The lamp goes off, the [STAND BY] indicator starts flashing in red and the cooling process starts.

- You cannot turn the projector on while the cooling process is in operation.
- If you want to continue projecting without turning off the power, press a button other than POWER, or else wait until the confirmation message disappears.
- After turning off the projector, wait at least 5 minutes before turning it on again. It may shorten the lamp life if you turn on the projector immediately after turning it off.
- Using the projector for a long time may shorten the life of the lamp and internal optical components.
2 Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
If the power plug is left connected, the [STAND BY] indicator will switch from flashing to constantly illuminated after the cooling process is completed.

text_image
TEMP LAMP WARNING STAND BY POWER ON CurrahUseful Functions Available During a Presentation
User's Manual
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation Manual
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Temporarily Blacking Out an Image
Useful when:
- You have finished the presentation.
- You want to divert attendees' attention from the screen.

text_image
Remote control D,ZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMP WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
1 2 3 OK ON 4 5 6 OK 7 8 9 MNTS Ch D Fn 5X 30 IMAGE FREEZE BLANK WX6000 / SX6000Press the BLANK button to black out the image.
Press the BLANK button again to show the image.
- You can set the screen state while black-ing out the image in the menu. (P106)
- The lamp remains illuminated while the image is blacked out.
Freezing the Picture
Useful when:
- You want to perform a computer operation which is irrelevant to the proceedings of the presentation.
- You want to stop a moving image.

text_image
Remote control DZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMP WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ch 0 Fn MAGE FREEZE BLANK WX6000 / SX6000Press the FREEZE button to freeze the moving image. The projector shows the following icon.

text_image
ScreenPress the FREEZE button again to cancel the FREEZE function.
- It is also cancelled when the input signal is terminated.
Adjusting the Volume
Useful when:
- You want to adjust the volume level of the projector or external speakers.

text_image
Remote control D200M P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMP WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
1 2 3 VOL 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ch 0 Fn IMAGE FREEZE BLANK WX6000 / SX6000Press the VOL button. The following screen appears.

text_image
10- You can also adjust the volume level with the [◀] / [▶] buttons of the projector.
- Adjust the volume or mute setting on the computer if the volume level is too low.
- You can also adjust the volume level of the speakers connected via the audio output terminal.

For the WX6000 / SX6000, depending on whether the AUDIO IN terminal has been set in the Audio in terminal select screen (P139), there may be no audio output in some cases.
Muting the Sound
Useful when:
- You want to temporality mute unnecessary sound.
- You want to immediately mute the sound.

text_image
Remote control D.ZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMP WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ch 0 Fn TAI 0H 20 IMAGE FREEZE BLANK WX6000 / SX6000Press the MUTE button to mute the sound. The projector shows the following icon.

flowchart
graph TD
A["User Group"] --> B{Decision Point}
B -->|Yes| C["Process Step 1"]
B -->|No| D["Process Step 2"]
C --> E["User Group 1"]
D --> F["User Group 3"]
E --> G["User Group 4"]
F --> H["User Group 5"]
G --> I["User Group 6"]
H --> J["User Group 7"]
I --> K["User Group 8"]
J --> L["User Group 9"]
K --> M["User Group 10"]
L --> N["User Group 11"]
M --> O["User Group 12"]
N --> P["User Group 13"]
O --> Q["User Group 14"]
P --> R["User Group 15"]
Press the MUTE button again to cancel the mute function.
- You can also mute the sound of the speakers connected via the audio output terminal.
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Zooming an Image
Useful when:
- Zooming in on an object such as a small graph during a presentation (up to 12x).
- Focusing on the current subject.
Press the + D.ZOOM button to enlarge a part of the image. Press the - D.ZOOM button to reduce the image size.

text_image
Remote control D.ZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMP WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
1 D.200M 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ch 0 Fn P2 M FREEZE Blank NOTE WX6000 / SX6000
flowchart
graph TD
A["Input Source"] --> B["Processing Step"]
B --> C["Screen Output"]
C --> D["Output Display x4"]
• The magnification appears on the screen.
You can move the area you want to zoom in on by using the [▲] ▼ [ ] / ▶[ b]uttø[hs.]

text_image
Remote control Ch1/ Ch4/ Ch4/ Ch2/ Ch2/ OK Ch4/ Ch3/ Ch4/ Ch4/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ Ch2/ WUX5000 / WUX4000
text_image
AFFECT MERU OK EXIT WX6000 / SX6000
flowchart
graph TD
A["User Interaction"] --> B["Data Processing"]
B --> C["Screen"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
You can restore the original size of the image by pressing the OK button.
Showing the Elapsed Time
WUX5000 / WUX4000
Useful when:
- You want to manage the timing of the presentation.

text_image
Screen 01:23Press the P-TIMER button to start counting.
- The elapsed time is displayed on the lower right corner of the screen.
- Time is counted up to 59:59. The timer then returns to 00:00.

text_image
Remote control D:ZOOM P-TIMER VOL FREEZE BLANK MUTE IMAGE GAMMA LAMPPress the P-TIMER button again to stop the timer.
- Press the P-TIMER button while the timer is stopped. The timer disappears from the screen. Then press the P-TIMER button to start counting from 00:00.
Setting Functions from Menus
User's Manual
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
AppendixInst
Appendix
Index
Use the menus to set the operation of the projector in detail.
■ Menu Configuration
WUX5000 / WUX4000
The menu screen is divided into 5 tabs as shown below.

text_image
[Display settings] tab You can set the type of signal or the method of projection of the images input. [System settings] tab You can set the operation of the projector. [Image adjustment] tab You can adjust the image quality and colors according to your preference. [Network setting] tab These settings are for when using the projector from a PC via a network. For the network settings, refer to page 165. [Information] tab You can check information about the signal types of the images projected and other projector-specific informa- tion. Analog PC Display settings Aspect Input signal select Input signal settings Menu position Screen color Image flip H/V User screen settings Screen aspect Auto 1920 x 1200 Normal None 4:3 Contents of menu Menu itemsInput Signal Types for which a Menu Item is Displayed
Different menu items are displayed for different input signal types.
In the following explanation of each menu item, the input signal type for which the menu item is displayed is indicated as follows:
○ Input signal for which the menu item is displayed
— Input signal for which the menu item is not displayed
HDMI Component
— Digital PC Analog PC
WX6000 / SX6000
The menu screen is divided into 6 tabs as shown below.

flowchart
graph TD
A["[Install settings"] tab\nThis setting is used when installing the projector.] --> B["[Input settings"] tab\nYou can set the type of signal or the method of projection of the images input.]
B --> C["[Image adjustment"] tab\nYou can adjust the image quality and colors according to your preference.]
D["[System settings"] tab\nYou can set the operation of the projector.] --> E["[Network setting"] tab\nThese settings are for when using the projector from a PC via a network.\nFor the network settings, refer to page 165.]
E --> F["[Information"] tab\nYou can check information about the signal types of the images projected and other projector-specific information.]
G["Analog PC"] --> H["Contents of menu"]
I["Aspect"] --> J["Menu items"]
K["Auto PC"] --> L["Menu items"]
M["Input signal select"] --> N["Menu items"]
O["Input signal settings"] --> P["Menu items"]
Q["Auto"] --> R["Menu items"]
■ Basic Menu Operations
The menus shown below are for WUX5000.
1 Press the [MENU] button to display the menu window.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Press the [MENU] button to display the menu window. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/334acbc70f4b02a471c4793888d1e34d071ef5044b3a4b349edbb12e1175b9f2.jpg)
2 Use the [◀] / [▶] buttons to select a tab.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [◀] / [▶] buttons to select a tab. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/bfb1b1b8adc4e2be23b0acbdb22663c6190a5eba6365e97c375a8f00353f7f64.jpg)
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [◀] / [▶] buttons to select a tab. - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/272a584ccb5e32fc46e21863ea887a310cf706e5b07ac36aa1be71c53bc57a71.jpg)
text_image
Analog PC Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0- If the tab position is not highlighted in orange, use the [ ]/ [ ] buttons to move the highlight to the top.
3 Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select an item.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select an item. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/ba44989c4bbeba0d4788e48967d3e7389f1cee339dd4ff5c1cc6629972fe298b.jpg)
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select an item. - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/243e34876b88147c94312ca77642661445dab95ad87572ce90cdf6fa86f967dd.jpg)
text_image
Analog PC Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +3 +5 +0 Reset4Select contents.
How to select the contents varies depending on the item.
Selecting from a list Example: Aspect

text_image
Analog PC Display settings Aspect Input signal select Input signal settings Menu position Screen color Image flip H/V User screen settings Screen aspect Auto 16:9 4:3 True size Normal None 4:3 D. image shift- Select Aspect.
- Press the OK button or [ ] button to display a list of the contents.
- Use the [ ]▼ [ ]▼ buttons to select the desired contents.
- When you have found the contents you desired, press the OK button or [▶].
Adjusting with the [ ]/ [ ]buttons
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Adjusting with the [ ]/ [ ]buttons - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/161ba397fb650e0a195776c73388fe7636371a7510d07efda2f302833026c7f6.jpg)
text_image
Analog PC Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Image adjustment Standard +0 +3 +0Example: Contrast
- Select Contrast.
- Use the [ ]◀ [ ]▶buttons to adjust the setting.
Selecting from a different screen (1) Example: Menu position

text_image
Menu position Use the pointer button to set menu position. Press OK to close.- Select Menu position.
- Press the OK button to display a different screen.
- Then follow the instruction on the screen.
Selecting from a different screen (2) Example: Tracking

text_image
Input signal settings Total dots 1920 Tracking 32 Horizontal position 231 Vertical position 1 Horizontal pixels 1920 Vertical pixels 1200- Select Input signal settings.
- Select Tracking.
- Press the OK button to display a different screen.
- Use the [ ]▼ [ ]▼ buttons to select the setting, then use the [ ]▼ [ ]▼ buttons to select the value.
- When you have completed the settings, press the OK button.
5Pressing the MENU button causes the menu screen to disappear.
The menu screen will also disappear if the EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000) is pressed.
Selecting an Image Projection Mode
[Aspect]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select a projection mode corresponding to the aspect ratio of the image. (P69)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Aspect]

text_image
Analog PC Display settings Aspect Input signal select Input signal settings Menu position Screen color Image flip H/V User screen settings Screen aspect Auto 16:9 4:3 True size Normal None 4:3 D. image shiftWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Aspect]

text_image
Analog PC-1 Input settings Aspect Auto Auto PC 16:10 Input signal select 16:9 Input signal settings 4:3 True size- Different contents are displayed for different screen aspects or input signal types.
- The ASPECT button on the remote control can also be used to select the Aspect settings.
Auto An image is projected at the aspect ratio of the input signal. Select this mode for normal image projection.
Full (WUX5000 / WUX4000)
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:10. Select this to project computer screen images with an aspect ratio of 16:10 (WUXGA, WSXGA+, WXGA+ and WXGA (1280 x 800)) fully on the screen.
This can only be selected when the screen aspect is 16:10.
16:10 (WX6000 / SX6000)
The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:10.
16:9 The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 16:9. Select this if an image of 16:9 aspect ratio cannot be correctly projected in [Auto] mode.
4:3 The image is projected using an input signal aspect ratio of 4:3. Select this if an image of 4:3 aspect ratio cannot be correctly projected in [Auto] mode.
Zoom This cuts the upper/lower or left/right part of the screen according to the screen aspect and zooms in or out of the center of the image. Select this if a letter box is displayed (black lines at the top/bottom of the screen) when using video software.
There may be some cases when this cannot be selected, depending on the input signal and/or resolution.
True size
The image is projected with the original resolution of the input signal. Select this to clearly project a computer screen image that has a resolution of WUXGA and lower (WUX5000 / WUX4000), WXGA+ and lower (WX6000) or SXGA+ and lower (SX6000).
There may be some cases when this cannot be selected, depending on the input signal and/or resolution.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Automatic Display Adjustment
[Auto PC]
- HDMI Component -
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
Automatically adjusts display position misalignment and screen flickering. The adjusted result is stored in the memory.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Auto PC]

text_image
Analog PC-1 Input settings Aspect Auto Auto PC Input signal select 1920 × 1200 Input signal settingsPress the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).

If [Auto PC] adjustment is insufficient, perform the following operations.
- Select the input signal that matches the resolution of the computer from [Input signal select]. (P94)
- If adjustment is insufficient even when using the above operation, adjust [Total dots], [Tracking], [Horizontal/Vertical position] and [Horizontal/Vertical pixels] in [Input signal settings]. (P95 – P98)
- For details about signal formats that are compatible with the projector, refer to page 218.
Selecting an Input Signal Type (Analog PC)
[Input signal select]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select a suitable resolution if the auto PC adjustment function (P62) cannot project the correct image from a computer.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal select]

text_image
Analog PC Display settings Aspect Auto Input signal select 1280 × 800 Input signal settings 1400 × 900 Menu position 1920 × 1200 Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 16:10WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal select]

text_image
Analog PC-1 Input settings Aspect Auto Auto PC Input signal select 1280 × 800 Input signal settings 1400 × 900 1920 × 1200Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Select an input signal corresponding to the resolution of the computer.
- For the signal types supported by the projector, see the table on page 218.
Selecting an Input Signal Type (Component)
[Input signal select]
— HDMI Component ○
— Digital PC Analog PC —
You can select the proper component signal type if the video image from AV equipment is not projected correctly.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal select]

text_image
Component Display settings Aspect Auto Input signal select ▶Auto Progressive 1080p Menu position 1080i Screen color 1035i Image flip H/V 720p User screen settings 576p Screen aspect 480p 576i 480iPress the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button.
• [Auto] is the factory default.
- Refer to the user's manual for the AV equipment connected to the projector to confirm the component signal type.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Total Dots
[Total dots]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the total number of dots in the horizontal direction.
Adjust it when stripes are displayed on the screen.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Total dots]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Total dots]

text_image
Input signal settings Total dots 1920 Tracking 32 Horizontal position 231 Vertical position 1 Horizontal pixels 1920 Vertical pixels 1200Use [◀]/[ ] to select a value.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Tracking
[Tracking]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can fine-tune the timing for generating an image from the image signal.
Adjusts the tracking when the image distorts or flickers.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Tracking]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Tracking]
| Input signal settings | |
| Total dots | 1920 |
| Tracking | 32 |
| Horizontal position | 231 |
| Vertical position | 1 |
| Horizontal pixels | 1920 |
| Vertical pixels | 1200 |
Use [◀]/[ ]to select a value.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Horizontal Position
[Horizontal position]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the horizontal position of the screen when the projected image is shifted in the horizontal direction.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Horizontal position]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Horizontal position]
| Input signal settings | |
| Total dots | 1920 |
| Tracking | 32 |
| Horizontal position | 231 |
| Vertical position | 1 |
| Horizontal pixels | 1920 |
| Vertical pixels | 1200 |
Use [◀]/[ ]to select a value. As the value increases, the screen moves to the left.

flowchart
graph TD
A["User Group 1"] --> B["Data Distribution Panel 1"]
C["User Group 2"] --> D["Data Distribution Panel 2"]
E["User Group 3"] --> F["Data Distribution Panel 3"]
G["User Group 4"] --> H["Data Distribution Panel 4"]
I["User Group 5"] --> J["Data Distribution Panel 5"]
K["User Group 6"] --> L["Data Distribution Panel 6"]
M["User Group 7"] --> N["Data Distribution Panel 7"]
O["User Group 8"] --> P["Data Distribution Panel 8"]
Q["User Group 9"] --> R["Data Distribution Panel 9"]
S["User Group 10"] --> T["Data Distribution Panel 10"]
U["User Group 11"] --> V["Data Distribution Panel 11"]
W["User Group 12"] --> X["Data Distribution Panel 12"]
Y["User Group 13"] --> Z["Data Distribution Panel 13"]
AA["User Group 14"] --> AB["Data Distribution Panel 14"]
AC["User Group 15"] --> AD["Data Distribution Panel 15"]
AE["User Group 16"] --> AF["Data Distribution Panel 16"]
AG["User Group 17"] --> AH["Data Distribution Panel 17"]
AI["User Group 18"] --> AJ["Data Distribution Panel 18"]
AK["User Group 19"] --> AL["Data Distribution Panel 19"]
AM["User Group 20"] --> AN["Data Distribution Panel 20"]
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Vertical Position
[Vertical position]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the vertical position of the screen when the projected image is shifted in the vertical direction.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Vertical position]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Vertical position]

text_image
Input signal settings Total dots 1920 Tracking 32 Horizontal position 231 Vertical position 1 Horizontal pixels 1920 Vertical pixels 1200Use [◀]/[ ] to select a value. As the value increases, the screen moves upward.

flowchart
graph TD
A["User Group"] --> B["Data Distribution"]
B --> C["User Group"]
C --> D["User Group"]
D --> E["User Group"]
E --> F["User Group"]
F --> G["User Group"]
G --> H["User Group"]
H --> I["User Group"]
I --> J["User Group"]
J --> K["User Group"]
K --> L["User Group"]
L --> M["User Group"]
M --> N["User Group"]
N --> O["User Group"]
O --> P["User Group"]
P --> Q["User Group"]
Q --> R["User Group"]
R --> S["User Group"]
S --> T["User Group"]
T --> U["User Group"]
U --> V["User Group"]
V --> W["User Group"]
W --> X["User Group"]
X --> Y["User Group"]
Y --> Z["User Group"]
Screen
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Horizontal Pixels
[Horizontal pixels]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the number of the pixels in the horizontal direction if the length of the screen is too long or too short in the horizontal direction.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Horizontal pixels]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Horizontal pixels]

text_image
Input signal settings Total dots 1920 Tracking 32 Horizontal position 231 Vertical position 1 Horizontal pixels 1920 Vertical pixels 1200Use [◀]/[ ] to select a value.

flowchart
graph TD
A["User Group"] --> B["Node 1"]
A --> C["Node 2"]
A --> D["Node 3"]
B --> E["Group 1"]
C --> F["Group 2"]
D --> G["Group 3"]
E --> H["User Group"]
F --> I["User Group"]
G --> J["User Group"]
Screen
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Adjust Input Signal Type (Analog PC) Vertical Pixels
[Vertical pixels]
— HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the number of the pixels in the vertical direction if the screen is too long or too short in the vertical direction.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Vertical pixels]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Input signal settings] > [Vertical pixels]

text_image
Input signal settings Total dots 1920 Tracking 32 Horizontal position 231 Vertical position 1 Horizontal pixels 1920 Vertical pixels 1200Use [◀] / [ ] to select a value.

flowchart
graph TD
A["User Group Distribution"] --> B["User Group Data"]
B --> C["User Group Data"]
C --> D["User Group Data"]
D --> E["User Group Data"]
E --> F["User Group Data"]
F --> G["User Group Data"]
G --> H["User Group Data"]
H --> I["User Group Data"]
I --> J["User Group Data"]
J --> K["User Group Data"]
K --> L["User Group Data"]
L --> M["User Group Data"]
M --> N["User Group Data"]
N --> O["User Group Data"]
O --> P["User Group Data"]
P --> Q["User Group Data"]
Q --> R["User Group Data"]
R --> S["User Group Data"]
S --> T["User Group Data"]
T --> U["User Group Data"]
U --> V["User Group Data"]
V --> W["User Group Data"]
W --> X["User Group Data"]
X --> Y["User Group Data"]
Y --> Z["User Group Data"]
Screen
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- Perform this adjustment if the [AUTO PC] function (P62) cannot adjust the projected image correctly.
Selecting HDMI Input Level
[HDMI input level]
○ HDMI Component —
— Digital PC Analog PC —
You can select this as required when you project visual software with an HDMI signal.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [HDMI input level]

text_image
HDMI Display settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level ▶Auto HDMI color space Normal HDMI over scan Expanded Progressive Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 4:3WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [HDMI input level]

text_image
HDMI Input settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level ▶ Auto HDMI color space Normal HDMI over scan Expended Progressive AutoPress the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Auto] is the factory default.
- You can select this only when the type of signal sent from AV equipment is RGB.
- The signal level is selected automatically in [Auto] mode. (Some AV equipment may not support this.)
- If the HDMI output of your AV equipment allows switching between [Normal] and
[Expanded], we recommend you to set [Expanded]. The contrast of images will be improved and dark scenes will be rendered more realistically. In this case, select [Auto] or [Expanded] for the HDMI input level. For more detailed information, refer to the user's manual for the AV equipment connected to the projector.
HDMI Color Format
[HDMI color space]
○ HDMI Component — — Digital PC Analog PC —
Select the color space for the HDMI signal.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [HDMI color space]

text_image
HDMI Display settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level Auto HDMI color space ▶Auto HDMI over scan RGB Progressive YCbCr Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 4:3WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [HDMI color space]

text_image
HDMI Input settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level Auto HDMI color space ▶Auto HDMI over scan RGB Progressive VCbCrAuto Selects the optimal color format for the input HDMI signal.
RGB Forces the projector to handle the input signal as an RGB signal.
YCbCr Forces the projector to handle the input signal as a color difference signal.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Auto] is the factory default.
Select HDMI Over Scan
[HDMI over scan]
○ HDMI Component — — Digital PC Analog PC —
You can select this as required when you project visual software using an HDMI signal.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [HDMI over scan]

text_image
HDMI Display settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level Auto HDMI color space Auto HDMI over scan ▶Off Progressive On Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 4:3WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [HDMI over scan]

text_image
HDMI Input settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level Auto HDMI color space Auto HDMI over scan ▶Off Progressive OnOff The entire input signal (100%) is projected. The images projected may be smaller than the full projection screen.
On Images are projected with distortion at the peripheral section of images trimmed off. (The central 95% of the images are projected.) Part of the peripheral sections of images may be cut out depending on the resolution of the signal. In such a case, select [Off].
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory defaults settings are [On] when [HDMI In] (P127) is set for [Auto] and [Off] when it is set for [Computer].
Performing Progressive Processing
[Progressive]
○ HDMI Component ○ — Digital PC Analog PC —
You can select this as required when the images have low resolution.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Progressive]

text_image
HDMI Display settings Aspect Auto HDMI input level Auto HDMI color space Auto HDMI over scan Off Progressive Off Menu position On Screen color ▶ Auto Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 4:3WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Input settings] > [Progressive]

text_image
HDMI Aspect HDMI input level HDMI color space HDMI over scan Progressive Auto Auto Auto Off Off On ▶ AutoOff Does not perform progressive processing.
On Performs progressive processing. This mode is available when the HDMI signal is 1080i, or component signal is 1080i, 1035i, 576i or 480i.
Auto Performs the appropriate progressive processing according to the input signal.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [ Auto] is the factory default.
- When [HDMI In] (P127) is [Computer], this can only be set when the input signal is 1080i, 1035i, 576i or 480i and the input signal color space is YCbCr422.
- Select [Off] when flickers and horizontal lines are noticeable in media that has a lot of fast-moving action.
Selecting a Menu Position
[Menu position]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can change the position of menus displayed.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Menu position]

text_image
DVI-D Display settings Aspect Auto Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect 16:10WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Menu position]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status On Overheat warning display Off Menu display time Normal Lamp warning display Off Filter warning display Off ReturnMove the menu to the desired position with the [▲/ [ ]◀[ ] /▼] buttons.

text_image
Menu position Use the pointer button to set menu position. Press OK to close.When the menu has been moved to the desired position, press the OK, MENU or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Correcting the Screen Color
[Screen color]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the color quality of the images projected according to the color of the projection screen.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Screen color]

text_image
DVI-D Display settings Aspect Auto Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V Greenboard User screen settings Adjust Screen aspect 16:10WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Screen color]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 16:10 Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screen Greenboard AdjustNormal Select this if a standard type of projection screen is used. The images are projected in a light quality similar to that of natural light.
Green-board Select this if a greenboard (dark green color) is used for the projection screen. The color quality similar to [Normal] is obtained on the greenboard.
Adjust Select this to make detailed adjustment.
The following popup screen will appear.

text_image
Adjust Red +0 Green +0 Blue +0Use the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons to select a primary color.
[▶] makes the color selected darker. [◀] makes the color selected lighter.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Normal] is the factory default.
Reversing Projection
[Image flip H/V]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Select this setting if you want to hang the projector from the ceiling or project an image from behind the screen.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Image flip H/V]

text_image
DVI-D Display settings Aspect Auto Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Ceiling mounted Screen aspect Rear Rear, Ceiling mountedWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Image flip H/V]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 16:10 Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Ceiling mounted Audio in terminal select Rear Screen color Rear, Ceiling mounted On screenNone Select this to project an image normally.
| Ceiling mounted | Select this to project an image with the projector hung from the ceiling.The projected image is inverted in both vertical and horizontal directions. |
Rear Select this to project an image from behind the screen. The projected image is inverted in the horizontal direction.
| Rear, Ceiling mounted | Select this to project an image from behind the screen with the projector hung from the ceiling. The projected image is inverted in the vertical direction. |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [None] is the factory default.
Normal projection (none)

text_image
Diagram illustrating a truck-mounted service with a person viewing it, alongside a truck-mounted service screen showing a truck with 'R' and a truck labeled 'R'.Ceiling mounted projection

text_image
Diagram illustrating a person using a smartphone to observe a truck-mounted display screen, with a speech bubble showing 'R' and a hand icon pointing to the screen.Rear projection

text_image
Diagram illustrating a person sitting at a desk facing a truck and a truck-mounted screen, with a bag nearby.Rear ceiling mounted projection

text_image
Diagram illustrating a person seated at a desk facing a truck-mounted device and a surveillance camera, with a magnified inset showing a document labeled 'K'.- To hang the projector from the ceiling, use the optional bracket. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for more detailed information.
- If you flip the image, the keystone distortion adjustment will be reset.
No Signal Screen
[No signal screen]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can display either a black or blue screen when there is no input signal.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [User screen settings] > [No signal screen]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [User screen settings] > [No signal screen]

text_image
User screen settings No signal screen ▶Black Screen when blank ▶Blue Projector on ▶Skip ReturnBlack The screen is all black.
Blue The screen is all blue.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Blue] is the factory default.
Screen When Blank
[Screen when blank]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can display a black or blue screen and temporarily blank out the projected image by pressing the BLANK button on the remote control.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [User screen settings] > [Screen when blank]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [User screen settings] > [Screen when blank]

text_image
User screen settings No signal screen Black Screen when blank ▶Black Projector on Blue ReturnBlack The screen is all black.
Blue The screen is all blue.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- [Black] is the factory default.
Selecting a Logo at Startup
[Projector on]
○ HDMI Component ○
Digital PC Analog PC
You can display a specified logo on the screen from the moment the projector is turned on to the moment it is ready for projection.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [User screen settings] > [Projector on]
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [User screen settings] > [Projector on]

text_image
User screen settings No signal screen Black Screen when blank Black Projector on ▶Skip Return Canon logoSkip Projects an input signal immediately after turning on the projector.
Canon logo Displays the Canon logo that was registered in advance at the factory.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- [Canon logo] is the factory default.
Selecting Aspect Ratio of Screen
[Screen aspect]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Select according to the aspect ratio of the projection screen. (P63)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Display settings] > [Screen aspect]

text_image
DVI-D Display settings Aspect Auto Menu position Screen color Normal Image flip H/V None User screen settings Screen aspect ►16:10 16:9 4:3 16:9 D. image shift 4:3 D. image shiftWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Screen aspect]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect ►16:10 Keystone adjustment 16:9 Digital image shift 4:3 Image flip H/V 16:9 D. image shift Lens shift reset 4:3 D. image shift Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screen16:10 Select this when you use a screen with an aspect ratio of 16:10.
16:9 Select this when you use a screen with an aspect ratio of 16:9.
4:3 Select this when you use a screen with an aspect ratio of 4:3.
16:10 D image shift (SX6000) Select this when the screen aspect ratio is 16:10. Keystone correction cannot be performed in this mode. However when projecting level, it is possible to shift the image up or down. For details about how to shift the image, refer to page 67.
| 16:9D.image shift | Select this when you use a screen with an aspect ratio of 16:9. Keystone correction cannot be performed in this mode. However, it is possible to move the image up / down when projecting level. For details about how to move the image, refer to page 67. |
| 4:3D.image shift (Except for SX6000) | Select this when you use a screen with an aspect ratio of 4:3. Keystone correction cannot be performed in this mode. However, it is possible to move the image left / right when projecting level. For details about how to move the image, refer to page 68. |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default is [16:10] for the WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000, and [4:3] for the SX6000.
- If you select [16:9 D. image shift], [4:3 D. image shift], or [16:10 D. image shift] (for SX6000), the keystone correction will be canceled. For more details, refer to page 66.
- [Auto] may be automatically selected for the aspect depending on the screen aspect setting.
Adjusting Keystone Distortion
[Keystone adjustment]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Corrects keystone distortion.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Keystone adjustment]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 16:10 Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenIf the OK button or [▶] button is pressed, the Keystone adjustment screen is displayed.

text_image
Keystone adjustment +0 +0Correct using the [▲/ [ ]◀[ ] /▼] b▶t-tons. When you have finished correcting, press the OK button.
- This cannot be selected when the screen aspect is 16:9D image shift, 16:10D image shift or 4:3D image shift.
- The Keystone adjustment screen can also be displayed by pressing the KEYSTONE button on the remote control. (P76)
Image Shift Adjustment
[Digital image shift]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Moves the position of the projected image.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Digital image shift]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 16:9 D. image shift Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenIf the OK button or [▶] button is pressed, the D image shift adjustment screen is displayed.

text_image
D.image shift adjustment +0Correct using the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons. When you have finished correcting, press the OK button.
- This cannot be selected when the screen aspect is 16:9, 16:10 or 4:3.
- When the screen aspect is 16:9D image shift or 16:10D image shift (SX6000), the image can be adjusted vertically, and when the screen aspect is 4:3D image shift (WX6000), it can be adjusted horizontally.
Image Adjustment
[Image mode]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select an image mode suitable for the projected image. (P78)
You can also select it with the IMAGE button on the remote control. (P79)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Image mode]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode ►Standard Create Profile Presentation Brightness VividPhoto Contrast Photo/sRGB Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Image mode]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode ►Standard Create profile Presentation Brightness VividPhoto Contrast Photo/sRGB Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment ResetStandard Suitable for projecting a computer screen or watching media played with video software in a brightish room. This image mode emphasizes white tones.
Presentation Suitable for viewing text-based images in a brightish room.
Dynamic Suitable for watching media played with video software in a brightish room.
| VividPhoto | Suitable for viewing images with vibrant colors in a moderately dark room.This image mode emphasizes color saturation. |
| Photo/sRGB | Suitable for projecting images taken with a digital camera that supports sRGB in a moderately dark room. Supports the sRGB standard. |
| Video | Suitable for watching video taken with a video camera in a moderately dark room. |
| Cinema | Suitable for watching media played with video software in a dark room.This image mode enables viewers to enjoy the atmosphere of a movie theater. |
| User 1 - 5 | Up to 5 user-selected combinations of image quality settings can be stored in the memory. (P110)Stored settings can be selected as an image mode. |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Standard] is the factory default.
- You can adjust the image quality by adjusting the following items in each image mode:
[Brightness], [Contrast], [Sharpness], [Gamma], [Color adjustment], [Advanced adjustment] and [Lamp mode] (WUX4000)
- The adjustment you have made is stored as each combination of input signals and an image mode.
- When a user memory that was saved in [Create profile] is selected, [Baseline Image Mode] appears in the menu. This indicates the image mode that was the base when the user memory was saved.
WUX5000 / WUX4000

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode User 1 Save Profile Baseline Image Mode Photo/sRGB Brightness +0 Contrast +0 Sharpness +3 Gamma +0 Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode User 1 Save profile Baseline image mode Photo/sRGB Brightness +0 Contrast +0 Sharpness +3 Gamma +0 Color adjustment Advanced adjustment ResetSaving the Desired Image Quality
[Create profile]

Up to 5 combinations of image quality settings can be stored. The stored image quality can be selected as an image mode.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Create Profile]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard * +0 +0 +3 +0(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Create profile]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode Standard Create profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment ResetUse the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons and select the save destination. (Saved memories are indicated by checkmarks.)

text_image
Create Profile Copying the image mode. Specify destination. User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4 User 5 ReturnWhen the desired save destination is selected, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the [Return] button.
- The saved settings consist of the brightness, contract, sharpness, gamma, color adjustment, advanced adjustment, and lamp mode (WUX4000).
- The number of displayed user memories is 5, however it is possible to save different settings for when the connected equipment is a computer (ANALOG PC, DIGITAL PC or HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is [Computer]) and when AV equipment is connected (COMPONENT, HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is [Auto])). As a result, it is possible to save up to 10 settings.
- The image mode name which was the basis for the settings change is also saved in the user memory. When a user memory is selected as the image mode, the image mode that was the base for that user memory is displayed in the menu as [Baseline image mode].
Adjusting the Brightness
[Brightness]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the brightness of images.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Brightness]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Brightness]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode Create profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0[▶] Increases the brightness of an image.
[◀]Decreases the brightness of an image.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Adjusting the Contrast
[Contrast]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the contrast of images. Adjust the difference between the light and dark parts of the image to produce an image with emphasized contrast or an image that is soft.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Contrast]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Contrast]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode Create profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0[1] Increases the contrast of an image. This emphasizes the darker and brighter parts of the image on the projected image.
[Decreases the contrast of an image. The image becomes less vivid.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Adjusting the Sharpness
[Sharpness]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the sharpness of images.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Sharpness]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Sharpness]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode Create profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0▶ Increases the sharpness of an image.
[◀] Decreases the sharpness of an image.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Performing Gamma Correction
[Gamma]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can correct portions of an image that are difficult to see because they are too dark or bright.
For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, correction can be made by using the GAMMA button on the remote control.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Gamma]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0(The screen is for the WUX5000.)
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Gamma]

text_image
Digital PC Image adjustment Image mode Create profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0[▶] Brightens the dark portion
[◀]Darkens the bright portion
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your
Selecting an Image Quality
setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
- More detailed adjustment is possible by using the detailed gamma correction (P118).
Adjusting Color
[Color adjustment]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the color depth and hue of images for each primary color, red, green and blue. The color temperature can also be adjusted.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Color adjustment]

text_image
Color adjustment Color level +0 Color balance +0 Color temperature +0 R Gain +0 G Gain +0 B Gain +0 R Offset +0 G Offset +0 B Offset +0| Color level | Adjusts the intensity of each color. [▶] Increases the intensity of color. [◀] Decreases the intensity of color. |
| Color balance | Adjusts the color balance of a purplish or greenish image. [▶] Corrects a purplish image. [◀] Corrects a greenish image. |
| Color temperature | Adjusts the color temperature of the image. [▶] Changes to a bluish color (cold color). [◀] Changes to a reddish color (warm color). |
| R/G/B Gain | Adjust the intensity of each color. [▶] Increases the color intensity. [◀] Decreases the color intensity. |
| R/G/B Offset | Adjusts the color reproducibility of dark portions of each color. [▶] Increases the color reproducibility. [◀] Decreases the color reproducibility. |
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustments you have made are stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Correcting the Image According to the Ambient Light
[Ambient light]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can correct and more effectively project an image according to the ambient light on the screen.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [Ambient light]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light ▶ Off Dynamic gamma Adjust Mem. color correct Off 6-axis color adjust Off Fine-Tune Gamma ReturnOff Projects an image with no correction.
Adjust You can specify the type and level (brightness) of the ambient light.

text_image
Ambient light Type Tungsten Level L ReturnType Tungsten Select this if the
ambient light
source is a light
bulb or bulb color fluorescent.
Fluorescent Select this if the
ambient light
source is a day
white fluorescent.
Fluorescent H Select this if the
ambient light
source is a day-
light color fluorescent.

text_image
Ambient light Type Level Return Tungsten Fluorescent Fluorescent HLevel L Select this if the ambient light is low.
M Select this if the ambient light is normal.
H Select this if the ambient light is high (bright).

text_image
Ambient light Type L Level M Return HExamples of Ambient Light Level Settings
| Level | Example Location |
| L | Projection room, sports bar, etc. |
| M | Photo studio, gallery |
| H | Conference room, lecture room |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
- [Ambient light] can be set only in the following image modes.
- HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]) or COMPONENT: Video, Cinema, Photo/sRGB
- HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]), DIGITAL PC or ANALOG PC: Photo/sRGB
Noise Reduction
[Noise reduction]
○ HDMI Component ○ — Digital PC Analog PC —
You can reduce image noise.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [Noise reduction]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light Off Noise reduction ▶Off Dynamic gamma Weak Mem. color correct Middle 6-axis color adjust Strong Fine-Tune Gamma ReturnOff Disables noise reduction.
Weak
Middle
Strong
Specifies the intensity of the noise reduction in three steps.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default for HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is set to [Auto]) is [Off] and when Component is used, it is set to [Weak].
- Noise reduction may produce motion artifacts when projecting fast-moving images.
- Select [Weak] for fast-moving images. Select [Strong] for slow-moving images.
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
- When [HDMI In] (P127) is [Computer], this setting is not displayed.
Dynamic Gamma
[Dynamic gamma]
○ HDMI Component ○ ○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can adjust the gradation representation of light and dark portions of an image automatically.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [Dynamic gamma]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light Off Dynamic gamma ▶Off Mem. color correct Weak 6-axis color adjust Middle Fine-Tune Gamma Strong ReturnOff Dynamic gamma is disabled.
Weak Middle Strong Specifies the intensity of the dynamic gamma in three steps.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default settings are [Off] when the connected equipment is a Computer (ANALOG PC, DIGITAL PC, HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is [Computer])) and [Weak] when the connected equipment is AV equipment (COMPONENT, HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is [Auto])).
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Memory Color Correction
[Mem. color correct]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
This function produces beautiful skin tones, blues, and other colors.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [Mem. color correct]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light Off Dynamic gamma Off Mem. color correct ▶Off 6-axis color adjust L Fine-Tune Gamma M Return HOff Disables the memory color correction function.
| L | Specifies the intensity of the memory |
| M | color correction in three steps. |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default settings are as follows.
- For HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is set to [Computer]), Digital PC and Analog PC, when any image mode is used except [VividPhoto], the default setting is [Off]. When [VividPhoto] is used, the default setting is [M].
- For HDMI (when [HDMI In] (P127) is set to [Auto]) and Component, the default setting is [L], regardless of the image mode.
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
6-axis Color Adjust (Detailed Color Adjustment)
[6-axis color adjust]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can make fine adjustments to the image colors with RGB (red, green, blue) and CMY (cyan, magenta, yellow).
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [6-axis color adjust]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light Off Dynamic gamma Off Mem. color correct Off 6-axis color adjust ▶ Off Fine-Tune Gamma Adjust Return ResetOff Disables 6-axis color adjustment. If you select [Adjust], the previous setting of 6-axis color adjustment becomes active again.
Adjust Enables 6-axis color adjustment.

Use the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons to select [●●], [ Saturation], or [ * Brightness], then adjust them with the [▼/ [▼] buttons. When color adjustments are completed, press the OK button.
Reset Returns all adjustment values to zero.
When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
- The adjustments you have made are stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Detailed Gamma Correction
[Fine-Tune Gamma]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
The four gamma curves (white, red, green, blue) can be adjusted. When the white curve is adjusted, the adjustment is also applied to the other three colors. This function allows more fine-tuned gamma correction. When either of these two functions is adjusted, the settings of the other are overwritten.
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Advanced adjustment] > [Fine-Tune Gamma]

text_image
Advanced adjustment Ambient light Off Dynamic gamma Off Mem. color correct Off 6-axis color adjust Off Fine-Tune Gamma ReturnSelect [Fine-Tune Gamma] then press the OK button. The following [Fine-Tune Gamma] screen for confirmation appears.

line
| X | Y | | ---- | ----- | | 0 | 0 | | 512 | 512 | | 1024 | 1024 |Use the [▲/ [ ]▼ buttons to select the color, then press the OK button. Next use the [◀/ [ ]▼ buttons to select a point on the gamma curve, and use the [▲/ [ ]▼ buttons to adjust the position of the point. When you have completed the adjustment, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The adjustments you have made are stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
- For details of gamma correction, refer to page 113.
Reducing the Lamp Brightness
[Lamp mode]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Reducing the lamp brightness reduces power consumption and cooling fan noise. For the WUX4000, you can also enable or disable this mode with the LAMP button on the remote control.
WUX4000
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Lamp mode]

text_image
DVI-D Image adjustment Image mode Create Profile Brightness Contrast Sharpness Gamma Color adjustment Advanced adjustment Lamp mode Reset Standard +0 +0 +3 +0 Normal QuietNormal Projects an image at the normal brightness level.
Quiet Reduces the lamp brightness and cooling fan noise.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button.
• [Normal] is the factory default.
- The adjustment you have made is stored as adjusted values for the input signals and image mode of the current projection.
Resetting the Image Adjustment Settings
[Reset]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can reset the current image adjustment settings to the default settings. If reset is performed when user setting 1 - 5 is selected for [Image mode], the settings are returned to the settings that were saved in [User setting 1 - 5].
MENU > [Image adjustment] > [Reset]

text_image
Reset Image mode will be reset to default. OK? OK CancelOK Resets the image adjustment settings.
Cancel Cancels resetting of the image adjustment settings.
- Only the setting for the combination of input signal and image mode for the current projection is reset.
Selecting the Power Management Mode
[Power management mode]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can turn off the lamp or projector automatically in order to save power when the projector is not in use.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Power management mode]

text_image
System settings Power management mode ▶Off Direct power on Standby Beep Exit Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show Input Status On HDMI In Auto Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Power management mode]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode ▶Off Direct power on Standby User screen settings Exit Beep On Key repeat Off Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 HDMI In Auto Language English Other settingsOff Disables the power management mode.
Standby If no input signal is received for 30 seconds, the countdown will be displayed and after 5 minutes, the lamp will turn off. If it receives an input signal or is operated during this period, it resumes projection.
Exit If no input signal is received for 30 seconds, it displays the countdown and turns off the projector after 5 minutes.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
- During standby mode, the [POWER ON] indicator and [STAND BY] indicator flash alternately.
- You cannot enable the [Direct power on] function (see the next item), if you select [Off].
Skip the POWER Button Operation
[Direct power on]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can turn on the projector by connecting the power cable without pressing the POWER button.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Direct power on]

text_image
System settings Power management mode Standby Direct power on ▶Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show Input Status On HDM In Auto Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Direct power on]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Standby Direct power on Off User screen settings On Beep On Key repeat Off Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 HDMI In Auto Language English Other settingsOff You need to press the POWER button to turn on the projector.
On You can turn on the projector by connecting the power cable only.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.

- Before setting the direct power on to [On], be sure to set the [Power management mode] to [Standby] or [Exit].
- After turning off the projector, wait at least 5 minutes before turning it on again. It may shorten the lamp life if you turn on the projector immediately after turning it off.
Enabling / Disabling the Beep
[Beep]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select whether a beep sounds or not when you operate the projector.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Beep]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep Off Key lock ▶ On Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show Input Status On HDMI In Auto Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Beep]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off User screen settings Beep Off Key repeat ►On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 HDMI In Auto Language English Other settingsOff Disables the beep.
On Enables the beep.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [On] is the factory default.
- The beep will not sound if you mute the projector sound with the MUTE button on the remote control.
Key Repeat
[Key repeat]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
By pressing and holding the button on the projector or the remote control you can operate Key repeat in the same was as when the button is pressed repeatedly.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Key repeat]

text_image
Digital PC System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off User screen settings Beep On Key repeat ▶Off Key lock On Remote control Ch1 HDMI In Auto Language English Other settingsOff Key repeat is not enabled.
On Key repeat is enabled.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• The factory default is [On].
- Even when Key repeat is [Off], Focus adjustment, Zoom Adjustment and Lens shift adjustment can still be used.
Prohibiting Operations
[Key lock]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can lock the projector to prevent its operation from either the main unit or remote control.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Key lock]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock ▶ Off Remote control Main unit Language Remote control Guide On Show Input Status On HDMI In Auto Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Key lock]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off User screen settings Beep On Key repeat Off Key lock ▶Off Remote control Main unit HDMI In Remote (wireless) Language English Other settingsOff Disables the key lock.
| Main unit | Operation is not possible using the main unit.Use the remote control. |
| Remote control | Infrared remote control operations can no longer be performed. Use the main unit button. If using the WX6000 / SX6000, this can also be set by connecting a cable. (P30) |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.

The key lock function becomes effective from the moment the OK button is pressed after selecting [Main unit] or [Remote control]. Control via the item selected will then be disabled.
To Unlock Key Lock Function Turn off the projector and unplug the power plug. Hold down the OK button on the main unit and connect the power plug. Keep holding down the OK button until a beep sounds. The key lock will be unlocked.
Main Unit and Remote Control Channel Settings
[Remote control]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
When using multiple projectors at the same time (maximum 4), you can assign a different channel to each remote control so that each operates independently.
For the WX6000 / SX6000, set this when performing infrared operations.
Select the main unit channel.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Remote control]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control ▶Ch1 Language Ch2 Guide Ch3 Show Input Status Ch4 HDMI In Independent Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Remote control]

text_image
System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off User screen settings Beep On Key repeat Off Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 HDMI In Ch2 Language Ch3 Other settings Ch4 Independent| Ch1 | Select the remote control |
| Ch2 | channel to use with this |
| Ch3 | projector. |
| Ch4 |
Independent Remote controls set to any channel can be used.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default is [Independent] for both projector and remote control.
• After changing the channel on the menu, be sure to change the channel of the remote control too. - If a cable is connected, it is not necessary to perform remote control channel setting.
Selecting a Channel on the Remote control You can change the channel on the remote control as follows.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
| Ch1 | Press and hold the OK button and [▲] button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch2 | Press and hold the OK button and [▶] button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch3 | Press and hold the OK button and [▼] button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch4 | Press and hold the OK button and [◀] button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Inde-pendent | Press and hold the OK button and MENU button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
WX6000 / SX6000
| Ch1 | Press and hold the Ch button and 1 button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch2 | Press and hold the Ch button and 2 button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch3 | Press and hold the Ch button and 3 button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Ch4 | Press and hold the Ch button and 4 button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
| Inde-pendent | Independent Press and hold the Ch button and 0 button at the same time for 3 seconds. |
Selecting a Display Language
[Language]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select the language in which the menus are displayed.
MENU > [System settings] > [Language]
| Language | ||
| English | Русский | Čeština |
| Deutsch | Nederlands | Dansk |
| Français | Suomi | إنجليزی |
| Italiano | Norsk | 中文簡体 |
| Español | Türkçe | 中文繁體 |
| Português | Polski | 한국어 |
| Svenska | Magyar | 日本語 |
Use the [▲/ [▼[ ]▶] buttons to select the menu language, then press the OK button.
| English | English | |
| German | Deutsch | |
| French | Français | |
| Italian | Italiano | |
| Spanish | Español | |
| Portuguese | Português | |
| Swedish | Svenska | |
| Russian | Pycckii | |
| Dutch | Nederlands | |
| Finnish | Suomi | |
| Norwegian | Norsk | |
| Turkish | Türkçe | |
| Polish | Polski | |
| Hungarian | Magyar | |
| Czech | Čeština | |
| Danish | Dansk | |
| Arabic | إنجلزى | |
| Chinese (Simplified) | 中文简体 | |
| Chinese (Traditional) | 中文繁體 | |
| Korean | 한국어 | |
| Japanese | 日本語 |
When the setting is completed, press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Showing / Hiding the Guide Screen
[Guide]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select whether to show or hide the guide screen which explains operations.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Guide]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide Off Show Input Status On HDMI In Auto Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Guide]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide Off Show input status ►On Overheat warning display Off Menu display time Normal Lamp warning display Off Filter warning display Off ReturnOff Hides the guide screen.
On Shows the guide screen.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [On] is the factory default.
- The guide screen is shown at the following times.
- Power is turned off by pressing the POWER button. (P80)
- No input signal can be detected. (P58)
- An invalid button is pressed in the [BLANK], [FREEZE] or [D.ZOOM] mode. (P82, P84)
- When the positional lock (P139) is set to [On] (WX6000 / SX6000)
Showing / Hiding the Input Status
[Show Input Status]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select whether the signal status is displayed on the screen when there is no signal or when making signal settings.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Show Input Status]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show input Status Off HDMI In ▶On Other settingsWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Show input status]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status Off Overheat warning display ▶ On Menu display time Normal Lamp warning display Off Filter warning display Off ReturnOff The input status is not displayed.
On The input status is displayed.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [On] is the factory default.
Selecting the HDMI Input
[HDMI In]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Set the type of equipment which is connected to the HDMI port.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [HDMI In]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show Input Status On HDMI In ▶Auto Other settings ComputerWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [HDMI In]

text_image
HDMI System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off User screen settings Beep On Key repeat Off Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 HDMI In ▶Auto Language Computer Other settingsAuto Select when AV equipment will be connected. Image processing, menu displays, and other elements are adjusted for video equipment.
Computer Select when a computer will be connected. Image processing, menu displays, and other elements are adjusted for a computer.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Setting a Password
[Password settings]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Disables the projector unless the correct password is entered.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Password settings]

text_image
Other settings Password settings ▶Off Register password On Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Password settings]

text_image
Other settings Password settings ▶ Off Register password On Gamma restore Off Lamp counter Filter counter Factory defaults Return| Off | The projector can be used even if no password is entered. |
| On | The projector cannot be used unless you enter your password. |
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
- You cannot set [On] unless you have completed [Register password].
Once you set a password, the password entry screen appears at power-on.
Enter a 4 digit password.
For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, the password can be entered using the [▼/[]▲
[ ]/ [ ]buttons. For the WX6000/
SX6000, the password can be entered using a combination of the numerical buttons and the [▼/ [ ]▲[ ]/▲] buttons.
[▲/ [1], [ ]▶[2], [ ] /▼3], and [ ] / [◀] have the same function.
If the password is valid, the projection starts. If you enter a wrong password three times, the power will be turned off.
- The power is also turned off if no password is input for 3 minutes.
To Cancel the Password
Turn off the projector and unplug the power plug.
Hold down the MENU button on the side control and connect the power plug. Make sure to keep holding down the MENU button until a beep sounds. When the beep sounds, the password is canceled. (The entered password is also reset.)
To forcibly cancel the password from the remote control, in standby state press the MENU button 3 times, then press the POWER button.
Registering a Password
[Register password]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can register a password for starting projection.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Register password]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Off Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Register password]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Gamma restore Off Lamp counter Filter counter Factory defaults ReturnPress the OK button after selecting [Register password], and the following screen for registering a password appears.

text_image
Register password Enter new password. - - - - CancelEnter a 4 digit password.
For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, the password can be entered using the [▼/ [ ]/ [▲] / [ ] buttons. For the WX6000 / SX6000, the password can be entered using a combination of the numerical buttons and the [▼/ [ ]/ [ ] / [ ] buttons. [▲] / [1], [ ]/ [2], [ ]/ [3], and [ ] / [▲] have the same function.
The 4-digit password is entered from the left to right digits. When the final digit is entered, the password is automatically registered.
- Press the MENU button to abort the registration.
Prohibiting Operation of the Lens
[Lens Ctrl Lock]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can lock lens-related button operations.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Lens Ctrl Lock]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock ▶ Off Lens shift Reset On Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Off Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnOff Focus, zoom, lens shift, and other lens-related operations are permitted.
On Focus, zoom, lens shift, and other lens-related operations are locked.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button.
• [Off] is the factory default.
Lens Shift Reset
[Lens shift Reset]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Resets the lens shift (P74) setting to the standard position.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Lens shift Reset]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Lens shift Reset]

text_image
Analog PC-1 Install settings Positional lock Off Test pattern Off Screen aspect 16:10 Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenSelect [Lens shift Reset] and press the OK button. The following screen for confirmation appears.

text_image
Lens shift Reset Returns the lens shift pos. to the preset pos. Preset Positions ▶50% (Home pos.) 0% OKUse the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select the standard position, and then select OK.
- The standard position varies depending on the type of lens unit used. For details, refer to page 75.
- The position which was adjusted by lens shift does not change when the power is turned off.
Extending the Menu Dis- play Time
[Menu display time]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
The setting for the menu display time can be extended from the normal 10 or 30 seconds to 3 minutes. For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, if [Extended] is set, when pushing and holding a button on the projector or remote control, the same key repeat function will be enabled as when pressing a button repeatedly.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] >
[Menu display time]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time ▶Normal Overheat Warning Display Extended Deflicker Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Menu display time]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status On Overheat warning display Off Menu display time ▶ Normal Lamp warning display Extended Filter warning display Off ReturnNormal The menu is displayed for 10 or 30 seconds.
Extended The menu is displayed for 3 minutes.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Normal] is the factory default.
- The following display and operation are also changed.
| Item [Normal] [Extended] | ||
| The display time of the following screens-MENU screen-Input (P60)-Zoom adjustment (P71)-Focus adjustment (P73)-Keystone adjustment (P76)-Keystone reset (P77)-D.image shift adjustment (P67, P68)-D.image shift reset (P69)-Aspect (P70)-Image mode (P78)-Volume adjustment (P83)-Lamp mode (P119) *1-Lens shift (P74)-Lens shift reset (P131) | 10 / 30 seconds | 3 minutes |
| Press-and-hold operation of pointer buttons other than for [Zoom adjustment], [Focus adjustment], and [Lens shift]Press-and-hold operation of VOL buttonPress-and-hold operation of the D.ZOOM button | Enabled | Disabled |
| Key repeat *2 [On] [Off] | ||
*1 WUX4000
*2 WX6000 / SX6000
Showing / Hiding the High Temperature Warning Icon
[Overheat Warning Display]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select whether or not to display the [High temperature warning] icon when the temperature inside the projector has increased and is approaching the overheat temperature.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Overheat Warning Display]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display ▶Off Deflicker On Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Overheat warning display]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status On Overheat warning display ▶ Off Menu display time On Lamp warning display Off Filter warning display Off ReturnOff The [High temperature warning] icon is not displayed.
On The [High temperature warning] icon is displayed.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
When [On] is set, the [High temperature warning] icon shown below will be dis-
played when the temperature inside the projector is abnormally high.

text_image
Screen• [Off] is the factory default.
Reducing Flickering
[Deflicker]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
This function adjusts the image display in order to reduce flickering in the projected image.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Deflicker]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker ▶Off Lamp counter Adjust Factory defaults ReturnOff Deflicker adjustment is not performed.
Adjust Select [Deflicker] to adjust. The following screen appears.

text_image
Deflicker Activating deflicker. This will take 20 sec. OK CancelOK Deflicker is performed.
Cancel Deflicker is not performed.
- When deflicker is performed, the image adjustment screen is projected for approximately 20 seconds.
- To cancel deflicker, press the POWER button.

- Deflicker is a function that decreases flickering. However, there are some cases that flickering continues.
- Deflicker can only be used when the lamp has been on for approximately 30 minutes or longer.
Gamma Restore
[Gamma restore]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
This function is used when changing and turning of the tone characteristics and achromatic color is noticed over a long period of time.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Gamma restore]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Gamma restore ▶ Off Lamp counter Adjust Filter counter Factory defaults ReturnOff Returns to the factory default without performing Gamma restore.
Adjust Performs Gamma restore and applies the result.

text_image
Gamma restore Activating gamma restore About 150 sec. required. OK CancelOK Gamma Restore is performed.
Cancel Gamma Restore is not performed.
If Gamma restore is performed, the projected image will be adjusted for a period of approximately 150 seconds.
- To stop Gamma restore, press the POWER button or the EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).

- If Gamma restore is performed, the tone characteristics and achromatic color will be restored as close as possible to the condition when the unit was purchased, however it is not possible to restore it completely to the original condition. So the changing and turning color cannot be eliminated completely.
- Gamma restore can only be used when the lamp has been on for approximately 30 minutes or longer.
Lamp Warning Display
[Lamp warning display]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
A message that advises you to change the lamp can be set to display when the lamp has been used for the specified period of time.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Lamp warning display]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status On Overheat warning display Off Menu display time Normal Lamp warning display ▶Off Filter warning display On ReturnOff The lamp warning display is not displayed.
On The prepare lamp message and the lamp warning display are displayed.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• The factory default is [On].
- Regardless of the [Lamp warning display] setting, when the lamp replacement time has been reached, the LAMP indicator on the projector will flash.
Resetting the Lamp Counter
[Lamp counter]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can reset the lamp counter that indicates the time for lamp replacement.

Do not reset the lamp counter except when you have replaced the lamp. Otherwise, the lamp counter cannot indicate the correct timing for replacing the lamp.
For details of lamp replacement, refer to page 195.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Lamp counter]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Off Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Lamp counter]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Gamma restore Off Lamp counter Filter counter Factory defaults ReturnSetting Various Functions
Select [Lamp counter] and press the OK button to display the lamp counter.

text_image
Lamp counter 2700H Reset ReturnSelect [Reset] and press the OK button.

text_image
Lamp counter reset Only do this after changing the lamp. Reset the lamp counter? OK CancelSelect [OK] on the screen for confirmation and press the OK button to reset the lamp counter.
Press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
■ About the Display of the Lamp Counter
The lamp counter displays the hours of use of the lamp in the following way.
Less than 2,700 hours
Displayed as a green bar.

text_image
Lamp counter 2200H Reset Return2,700 hours to less than 3,000 hours Displayed as a green and yellow bar.

text_image
Lamp counter 2700H Reset ReturnWhen the lamp hours are 2,700 hours to less than 3,000 hours, the message "Obtain a new lamp." appears when power is turned on.

text_image
Lamp replacement Obtain a new lamp. Do you want to display this message again? OK CancelOver 3,000 hours
Displayed as a green, yellow and red bar.

text_image
Lamp counter 3000H Reset ReturnThe message "Replace with the new lamp." appears when power is turned on.

text_image
! Lamp replacement Replace with the new lamp.Filter Warning Display
[Filter warning display]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
A message advising you to perform cleaning can be set to display when the filter needs cleaning.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [On screen] > [Filter warning display]

text_image
On screen Menu position Guide On Show input status On Overheat warning display Off Menu display time Normal Lamp warning display Off Filter warning display ▶Off Return OnOff The filter warning display is not displayed.
On The filter warning display is displayed.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default is [On].
Resetting the Air Filter Counter
[Filter counter]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
This resets the counter which reminds you of the time for cleaning and replacing the air filter.

For details about how to replace or clean the filter, refer to page 193.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Filter counter]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Gamma restore Off Lamp counter Filter counter Factory defaults ReturnIf the OK button is pressed on [Filter counter], the air filter counter is displayed.

text_image
Filter counter 300H Reset ReturnSelect [Reset] and press the OK button.

text_image
Filter counter reset Only reset after cleaning the filter. Reset the filter counter? OK Cancel[OK] is selected on the confirmation screen and the OK button is pressed, the air filter counter is reset.
Press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
Displaying Test Pattern
[Test pattern]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
A test pattern for checking the resolution and color when installing the projector can be displayed.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Test pattern]

text_image
Digital PC Positional lock Off Test pattern ▶Off Screen aspect On Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenOff The test pattern is not displayed.
On The test pattern is displayed.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• The factory default is [Off].
- While the test pattern is displayed, you can use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to change to a different test pattern. Also, if a test pattern has option settings, you can change the settings using the [◀] / [▶] button. (P217)
- The test pattern can also be displayed or turned off by pressing the TEST PATTERN button on the remote control.

The following functions in the [Image adjustment] tab are not applied to the test pattern.
- Brightness adjustment function (P111)
- Contrast adjustment function (P112)
- Sharpness adjustment function (P113)
• Color level adjustment function (P114)
• Color balance adjustment function (P114)
Selecting Audio In Terminal
[Audio in terminal select]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can select the audio in terminal that is used for each input signal (HDMI, Digital PC, Analog PC-1, Analog PC-2, Component).
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Audio in terminal select]

text_image
Audio in terminal select HDMI ▶Off Digital PC Audio in 1 Analog PC-1 Audio in 2 Analog PC-2 HDMI Component Off ReturnOff No audio is output.
Audio in 1 Outputs the audio signal that is inputted in Audio in terminal ♪ 1.
Audio in 2 Outputs the audio signal that is inputted in Audio in terminal ♪ 2.
HDMI Outputs the HDMI audio signal. (Only for HDMI)
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• The factory default is as follows.
HDMI: HDMI
Digital PC: Audio in 2
Analog PC-1: Audio in 1
Analog PC-2: Audio in 2
Component: Audio in 1
Locking Installation Related Functions
[Positional lock]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
Operation of installation related functions can be prohibited.
WX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [Install settings] > [Positional lock]

text_image
Digital PC Install settings Positional lock ▶Off Test pattern On Screen aspect 16:10 Keystone adjustment Digital image shift Image flip H/V None Lens shift reset Audio in terminal select Screen color Normal On screenOff The positional lock is not used.
On Installation related functions cannot be used.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default is [Off].
- The positional lock can be applied to Test pattern display, Screen aspect settings, Keystone adjustment, Digital image shift adjustment, Image flip H/V, Focus adjustment, Zoom adjustment, Lens shift adjustment and Lens shift reset.
Resetting to the Default Setting
[Factory defaults]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can reset the menu item settings and restore the system settings to the factory defaults.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Factory defaults]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Lamp counter Factory defaults ReturnWX6000 / SX6000
MENU > [System settings] > [Other settings] > [Factory defaults]

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Gamma restore Off Lamp counter Filter counter Factory defaults ReturnSelect [Factory defaults] and press the OK button. The following screen for confirmation appears.

text_image
Factory defaults All settings will be reset to defaults. OK? OK CancelOK Settings are reset to default.
Cancel Settings are not reset to default.
- This function does not reset the values for [Lamp counter], [Language], [Remote control], [Input signal], [Network Setting], [Filter counter], [Focus position], [Zoom position], and [Lens shift position].
- For factory defaults settings, refer to pages 232 – 238.
- The contents of the user memory return to the conditions at the time it was saved. (P110)
Checking Projector Information
[Information]
○ HDMI Component ○
○ Digital PC Analog PC ○
You can check information about the signal types of the images projected and other information.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
MENU > [Information] MENU > [Information]

text_image
DVI-D Model name Input signal Firmware Serial no. IP address Gateway address E-mail sender address E-mail recipient address Projector name Location System information ID WUX4000 1920 x 1200 00.010002 0123456 192. 168. 254. 254 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 Projector@canon.co.jp Not set WUX4000WX6000 / SX6000

text_image
Digital PC Model Name WX6000 Input signal 1920 x 1200 Firm Firmware 00.010002 Serial no. 0123456 IP IP address 192. 168. 254. 254 Gateway address 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 E-mail sender address Projector@canon.co.jp E-mail recipient address Not set Projector name WX6000 Location ROOM_A ID System information IDInformation shown
| Item Meaning | |
| Model name WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000 / SX6000 | |
| Input signal Details of the | input signal currently selectedInformation such as the signal type, signal resolution, and frequency is displayed. |
| Firmware Current firmware version | |
| Serial No. Serial number | unique to this projector |
| IP address* | IP address of the projector (P175) |
| Gateway address* | IP address of the gateway device (P175) |
| E-mail sender address* | Sender e-mail address used for sending error mails (P183) |
| E-mail recipient address* | Displays [Already set] or [Not set] to show whether a recipient e-mail address has been set for receiving error mails. (P183) |
| Projector name* Name which identifies this projector on the network | |
| Location* Location where | the projector is installed |
| System information ID System information. Normally this is not displayed. | |
* Not displayed when network functions are [Off].
MULTIMEDIA PROJECTOR
WUX5000
WUX4000
WX6000
SX6000
Installation Manual (Installation and Maintenance)
Do not attempt installation yourself. Be sure to request installation from a qualified technician or contact the Canon Customer Support Center.

natural_image
Exterior view of a white and black projector with a circular lens (no visible text or symbols)Installation
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
User's Manual
Installation Manual
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Precautions When Carrying the Projector
Prepare the projector as described below before carrying it.

- Disconnect the cables connected to the projector. Carrying the projector with the cables attached may cause an accident.
- Retract the adjustable feet.
- When the projector is transported after the lens unit is installed, be sure that you do not grasp the lens while transporting it. Doing so may damage the projector.
Installation Precautions
Be sure to read on page 12 – 24. Pay attention to the following when installing the projector.

- Do not strike the projector or subject it to impact. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
- Do not install the projector so that it is inclined or standing vertically. The projector may tip over, causing damage.
- Do not block the cooling fan intake or exhaust vent. If the intake or exhaust vent is blocked, heat may accumulate inside the projector, causing a malfunction.

text_image
Intake ExhaustPrecautions When Carrying and Transporting the Projector

- Do not reuse any packaging or shock-absorbent materials that were supplied with the projector at the time of purchase for transporting or shipping the projector. Protection of the projector cannot be guaranteed if used packaging or shock-absorbent materials are reused. Fragments from shock-absorbent material may also enter the interior of the projector which could cause a malfunction.
- If transportation is necessary, the lens unit should be removed before transporting the projector. If the projector is subjected to excessive impacts during transportation, the lens unit may be damaged. Removal and installation of the lens unit should not be performed by the user. Be sure to have the procedure performed by a qualified technician or contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
■ Do Not Use in the Following Environments
- Do not install the projector in a humid or dusty location or a position where there is a lot of oily smoke or cigarette smoke. Optical parts such as the lens and mirror may be stained, resulting in poor picture quality.
- Do not install close to high-voltage power lines or power sources. The projector may not operate correctly.
- Do not use the projector on a soft surface such as a carpet or sponge mat. Heat may accumulate inside the projector, causing a malfunction.
- Do not use the projector in a location that is subject to very high temperatures, very low temperatures, or high levels of humidity. Doing so may cause a malfunction. The temperature and humidity ranges for operation and the temperature range for storage are shown below.
| Operating temperature | Operating humidity | Storage temperature |
| 5°C to 35°C Up to 85% -10°C to 60°C | ||
■ Do Not Touch the Lens with Bare Hands
Do not touch the lens with bare hands. Doing so may adversely affect picture quality.
■ Install at a Sufficient Distance from Walls and Other Obstructions

If the air intake or exhaust vent is blocked, heat will accumulate inside the projector, possibly resulting in a shortened projector lifetime or a malfunction. Do not install in a closet, on a bookshelf, or other narrow location with poor ventilation. Install in a well ventilated location. (Install with a minimum of 50 cm (1.6') clearance on the top and sides, and 50 cm (1.6') to the rear.)

text_image
Air intake vent Exhaust vent Warmed airflow 50 cm (1.6') 50 cm (1.6') 50 cm (1.6')■ Be Careful of Condensation
If the temperature of the room rises suddenly, moisture in the air may condense on the projector lens and mirror, causing the image to become blurred. Wait until condensation evaporates and a normal picture is shown.
■ When Using the Projector at Altitudes Greater than 2,300 m
Contact the Canon Customer Support Center if you intend to use this projector at altitudes of 2,300 m or higher.
■ When using mounted on the ceiling

text_image
Caution When the projector is used mounted on the ceiling or installed in a high location, it is ne- essary to periodically clean the air intake and exhaust vents, and the area around the air fil- ter. If dust accumulates in the intake or exhaust vents, cooling performance will deter- riorate, causing the internal temperature to rise and possibly resulting in a malfunction or fire. Use a vacuum cleaner or similar means to remove dust from the intake vent and exhaust vent.■ Install facing in the correct direction

Caution
This projector can be installed in directions of 360^ *1 as shown in the illustration below. However, if projecting upward ☐ or downward, the life span of the lamp may be shortened, and it is necessary to change the settings of the projector. If using the projector for upward or downward projection, please contact the Canon Customer Support Center.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Upward projection: Inclination of the projector should be no more than 10° from the vertical axis. *2"] --> B["Center Project"]
C["Downward projection: Inclination of the projector should be no more than 10° from the vertical axis. *2"] --> B
D["If installing the projector on the floor or hanging from the ceiling, the left / right inclination of the projector should be no more than 10°. *2"] --> B
E["Do not use the projector standing on its side. *2"] --> B
*1 There are no options for installing the projector other than the ceiling attachment. (P33, P150, P231) *2 This may damage the lamp.

flowchart
graph TD
A["Selecting the Projection Method and Installation Location (P150)"] --> B["Installing / Removing the Lens Unit (P151)"]
B --> C["Setting Up the Projector (P156)"]
C --> D["Connecting to AV Equipment (P162)"]
D --> E["Selecting an Input Signal (P59)"]
E --> F["Adjusting the Image (P61)"]
F --> G["Connecting to a Network (P165)"]
Selecting the Projection Method and Installation Location
■ Ceiling Mounting or Rear Projection
You can mount the projector on the ceiling (ceiling mounting) with it turned upside down or place it behind the screen (rear projection) if you use a translucent screen.

natural_image
Illustration of a presentation with a monitor displaying charts and a speaker observing three people (no text or symbols present)Ceiling Mounting Rear Projection

natural_image
Illustration of a projector projecting onto a screen to three people watching (no text or symbols present)Make sure to use the optional ceiling attachment. For the ceiling attachment, refer to page 231.
■ Adjusting the projection position when installed on the floor
To adjust the projection position when the projector is installed on the floor, use the lens shift function (P74 and P160) to adjust up / down / left / right. You can also use the adjustable feet to incline the projector upward by up to 6°. For information about the relationship between screen size and projection distance, refer to page 156.

text_image
Adjust- able feetLens shift

When the projector is inclined upwards, the projected image will be distorted into a trapezoid shape. This can be corrected by using the keystone correction. (P76)
Installing / Removing the Lens Unit
■Installing the Lens Unit

Before installing or removing the lens unit, be sure to disconnect the power plug or connector. Failure to do so may result in fire, electric shock, or injury.

- Before replacing the lens unit, make sure to turn off the projector, wait at least 1 hour to allow the projector to cool thoroughly. Failure to do so may result in burns or other injuries.
- Do not touch the lens when the lens is moving (the lens is shifting) to adjust the projected image after installation. There is the risk of injury.
- When hanging the projector from a ceiling, put the projector down on the floor or a workbench before attaching or replacing the lens unit. Failure to do so could result in parts falling off the projector and may cause an accident or personal injury.

- Do not attempt to install or remove the lens unit yourself. Be sure to request this service from a qualified technician or contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
- When installing and removing the lens unit, be sure not to touch the surface of the lens with your hands or scratch it.
- Do not apply force to parts (e.g. lead wires) that are connected to the lens unit or lens motor. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
- Do not replace the lens unit in a dusty location. If any dust or dirt enters the projector, this may adversely affect picture quality.
- For details about which devices the projector is compatible with, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
1 Use a Phillips-head screwdriver and loosen the lamp cover screw, then open the lamp cover. The lamp cover screw is attached to the lamp cover and designed to prevent it from falling off.

text_image
C Sony ScrewInstalling / Removing the Lens Unit
2 Loosen the cosmetic panel screw, then slide the cosmetic panel toward the rear to remove it.
The cosmetic panel screw is attached to the cosmetic panel and designed to prevent it from falling off.

natural_image
Illustration of hands installing or adjusting a device into a container, with a magnified inset showing the interior structure (no text or symbols)3 In order to prevent damage, close the lamp cover and temporarily fasten the screw.

natural_image
Line drawing of a computer chassis with ventilation slots and a close-up inset showing internal components (no text or symbols)4Remove the sleeve screws (2 on top and 2 on bottom).
After the 2 screws on top are removed, turn the projector upside down on a flat desk or similar location and remove the 2 screws from the bottom.

natural_image
Diagram showing the assembly of a projector with screw holes and a separate projector casing, both without any text or symbols.5 Then turn the projector back over and remove the sleeve.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a projector housing with a blue arrow indicating the blade (no text or symbols present)6 Referring to the following illustration, insert the lens connector of the lens unit into the front right side of the projector slowly until it contacts the end. At this time, pull out the lens cable shown in the illustration and fix it.

text_image
Lens cable Lens connector7 Tighten the 4 screws to fasten the lens unit in place.
The 4 lens unit screws are attached to the lens unit and cannot be removed.

text_image
LAMM BOX LET8 Insert the projector lens cable into the connector until a click sound is heard.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with a blue arrow indicating a component (no text or symbols present)9 Reinstall the sleeve, cosmetic panel, and lamp cover in their original positions.

When the power is first turned on after the lens unit has been installed or replaced, lens shift initialization operation will be performed. It will take approximately 1 minute for the initialization operation to start up. However, if the lens has been replaced with a lens of the same model number, initialization operation will not be performed. The position will be the same as before the lens was replaced.

The lens shift initialization operation uses the motor to move the lens up / down / left / right. Do not touch the lens. Doing so could result in an injury.

When installing and removing the lens unit, be sure to fix the lens cable as shown in the illustration. When inserting the lens unit, it is possible to damage the lens cable between the lens unit and projector.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of an industrial machine with internal components and mounting base (no text or symbols)■ Removing the Lens Unit
1 Perform steps 1 to 5 on pages 151 – 153 and remove the sleeve.
2 Disconnect the lens cable from the lens connector.

When pulling out (disconnecting) the lens cable, press the buttons on both sides of the lens cable connector while pulling out the cable.

text_image
CANISH ZOOM LEAV3 Fix the lens cable as shown in the illustration and loosen the 4 screws to remove the lens unit.
The 4 lens unit screws are attached to the lens unit and cannot be removed.

text_image
CANOM ZOOM LEI 32■Positioning the Projector in Front of the Screen
Place the projector in front of the screen.

- Be sure to place the projector parallel to the screen to ensure distortion-free projection.
- The screen must not be exposed to direct sunlight or light from lighting equipment. In a bright room, it is recommended that lights be turned off, curtains be drawn, and other steps taken to make the screen easier to see.

text_image
Screen Optical axis■Relationship Between Image Size and Projecting Distance
The projected image size is determined by the distance between the projector and the screen (projection distance) as well as the zoom. Refer to the following table and decide the distance between the projector and screen.

text_image
Height Height 16:9 / 16:10 Screen size (diagonal) 4:3 WidthWidth
text_image
Optical axis when projection is perpendicular to screen H1 H2 Screen
- H1 and H2 are the distances when lens shift is the default value below.
- Standard Zoom Lens / Long Zoom Lens / Ultra Long Zoom Lens: +50% (up / down), 0% (left / right) Short Fixed Lens: 0% (up / down / left / right)
WUX5000 / WUX4000
| Lens unit | Diagonal when 16:10 | Image size (cm) | Projection distance m (feet) | Distance from optical axis when projection is perpendicular to screen* (cm) | |||||||
| 16:10 16:9 4:3 16:10 | |||||||||||
| Width | Height | Width | Height | Weight | Limit Tele | limit H1 H2 | |||||
| Standard Zoom Lens RS-IL01ST | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 1.3 (4.3) | 1.9 (6.2) | 54 | 0 |
| 60 129 | 81 129 | 73 108 | 81 1.9 (6.2) | 2.9 (9.5) | 81 0 | ||||||
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 2.6 (8.5) | 3.9 (12.8) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 3.2 (10.5) | 4.8 (15.7) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 4.8 (15.7) | 7.2 (23.6) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 6.4 (21.0) | 9.6 (31.5) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 8.0 (26.2) | 12.1 (39.7) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 9.6 (31.5) | 14.5 (47.6) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 11.3 (37.1) | 16.9 (55.4) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 12.9 (42.3) | 19.3 (63.3) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 14.5 (47.6) | 21.7 (71.2) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 16.1 (52.8) | 24.1 (79.1) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 17.7 (58.1) | 26.6 (87.3) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 19.3 (63.3) | 29.0 (95.1) | 808 | 0 | |
| Long Zoom Lens RS-IL02LZ | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 1.9 (6.2) | 3.2 (10.5) | 54 | 0 |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 2.8 (9.2) | 4.8 (15.7) | 81 | 0 | |
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 3.8 (12.5) | 6.4 (21.0) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 4.7 (15.4) | 8.0 (26.2) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 7.1 (23.3) | 12.1 (39.7) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 9.5 (31.2) | 16.1 (52.8) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 11.9 (39.0) | 20.2 (66.3) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 14.2 (46.6) | 24.2 (79.4) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 16.6 (54.5) | 28.3 (92.8) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 19.0 (62.3) | 32.3 (106.0) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 20.9 (68.6) | 35.6 (116.8) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 23.8 (78.1) | 40.4 (132.5) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 26.1 (85.6) | 44.5 (146.0) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 28.5 (93.5) | 48.5 (159.1) | 808 | 0 | |
| Short Fixed Lens RS-IL03WF | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 0.7 (2.3) | 27 | 27 | |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 1.0 (3.3) | 41 | 41 | ||
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 1.4 (4.6) | 54 | 54 | ||
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 1.7 (5.6) | 68 | 68 | ||
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 2.6 (8.5) | 101 | 101 | ||
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 3.4 (11.2) | 135 | 135 | ||
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 4.3 (14.1) | 168 | 168 | ||
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 5.2 (17.1) | 202 | 202 | ||
| Ultra long Zoom Lens RS-IL04UL | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | - | - | 54 | 0 |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 4.6 (15.1) | 9.0 (29.5) | 81 | 0 | |
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 6.1 (20.0) | 12.0 (39.4) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 7.6 (24.9) | 14.9 (50.2) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 11.4 (37.4) | 22.3 (77.3) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 15.2 (49.7) | 29.8 (97.8) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 18.9 (62.0) | 37.2 (122.0) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 22.7 (74.5) | 44.6 (146.3) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 26.4 (86.6) | 52.0 (170.6) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 30.2 (99.1) | 59.4 (194.9) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 34.0 (111.5) | 66.8 (219.2) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 37.7 (123.7) | 74.2 (243.4) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 41.5 (136.2) | 81.6 (267.7) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 45.2 (148.3) | 89.0 (292.0) | 808 | 0 | |
WX6000
| Lens unit | Diagonal when 16:10 | Image size (cm) | Projection distance m (feet) | Distance from optical axis when projection is perpendicular to screen* (cm) | |||||||
| 16:10 16:9 4:3 16:10 | |||||||||||
| Width | Height | Width | Height | Weight | Limit Tele | limit H1 H2 | |||||
| Standard Zoom Lens RS-IL01ST | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 1.3 (4.3) | 2.0 (6.6) | 54 | 0 |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 2.0 (6.6) | 3.0 (9.8) | 81 | 0 | |
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 2.6 (8.5) | 4.0 (13.1) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 3.3 (10.8) | 4.9 (16.1) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 4.9 (16.1) | 7.4 (24.3) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 6.6 (21.6) | 9.9 (32.5) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 8.2 (26.9) | 12.4 (40.7) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 9.9 (32.5) | 14.9 (48.9) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 11.5 (37.7) | 17.3 (56.8) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 13.2 (43.3) | 19.8 (65.0) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 14.9 (48.9) | 22.3 (73.2) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 16.5 (54.1) | 24.8 (81.4) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 18.2 (59.7) | 27.2 (89.2) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 19.8 (65.0) | 29.7 (97.4) | 808 | 0 | |
| Long Zoom Lens RS-IL02LZ | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 1.9 (6.2) | 3.3 (10.8) | 54 | 0 |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 2.9 (9.5) | 4.9 (16.1) | 81 | 0 | |
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 3.9 (12.8) | 6.6 (21.6) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 4.8 (15.7) | 8.3 (27.2) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 7.3 (23.9) | 12.4 (40.7) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 9.7 (31.8) | 16.6 (54.5) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 12.2 (40.0) | 20.7 (67.9) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 14.6 (47.9) | 24.9 (81.7) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 17.1 (56.1) | 29.0 (95.1) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 19.5 (64.0) | 33.1 (108.6) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 21.9 (71.8) | 37.3 (122.4) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 24.4 (80.1) | 41.4 (135.8) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 26.8 (87.9) | 45.6 (149.6) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 29.3 (96.1) | 49.7 (163.1) | 808 | 0 | |
| Short Fixed Lens RS-IL03WF | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | 0.7 (2.3) | 27 | 27 | |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 1.1 (3.6) | 41 | 41 | ||
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 1.4 (4.6) | 54 | 54 | ||
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 1.8 (5.9) | 68 | 68 | ||
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 2.7 (8.9) | 101 | 101 | ||
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 3.5 (11.5) | 135 | 135 | ||
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 4.4 (14.4) | 168 | 168 | ||
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 5.3 (17.4) | 202 | 202 | ||
| Ultra long Zoom Lens RS-IL04UL | 40 | 86 | 54 | 86 | 48 | 72 | 54 | - | - | 54 | 0 |
| 60 | 129 | 81 | 129 | 73 | 108 | 81 | 4.8 (15.7) | 9.2 (30.2) | 81 | 0 | |
| 80 | 172 | 108 | 172 | 97 | 144 | 108 | 6.3 (20.7) | 12.3 (40.4) | 108 | 0 | |
| 100 | 215 | 135 | 215 | 121 | 179 | 135 | 7.8 (25.6) | 15.3 (50.2) | 135 | 0 | |
| 150 | 323 | 202 | 323 | 182 | 269 | 202 | 11.7 (38.4) | 22.9 (75.1) | 202 | 0 | |
| 200 | 431 | 269 | 431 | 242 | 359 | 269 | 15.6 (51.2) | 30.5 (100.1) | 269 | 0 | |
| 250 | 538 | 337 | 538 | 303 | 449 | 337 | 19.4 (63.6) | 38.1 (125.0) | 337 | 0 | |
| 300 | 646 | 404 | 646 | 363 | 538 | 404 | 23.3 (76.4) | 45.7 (149.9) | 404 | 0 | |
| 350 | 754 | 471 | 754 | 424 | 628 | 471 | 27.1 (88.9) | 53.3 (174.9) | 471 | 0 | |
| 400 | 862 | 538 | 862 | 484 | 718 | 538 | 31.0 (101.7) | 60.9 (199.8) | 538 | 0 | |
| 450 | 969 | 606 | 969 | 544 | 808 | 606 | 34.8 (114.2) | 68.5 (224.7) | 606 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1077 | 673 | 1077 | 605 | 898 | 673 | 38.7 (127.0) | 76.1 (249.7) | 673 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1185 | 740 | 1185 | 666 | 987 | 740 | 42.5 (139.4) | 83.7 (274.6) | 740 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1292 | 808 | 1292 | 726 | 1076 | 808 | 46.4 (152.2) | 91.3 (299.5) | 808 | 0 | |
SX6000
| Lens unit | Diagonal when 4:3 | Image size (cm) | Projection distance m (feet) | Distance from optical axis when projection is perpendicular to screen* (cm) | |||||||
| 4:3 16:10 1 | 6:9 4:3 | ||||||||||
| Width | Height Width | Height | Width | Height Wide | limit Tele | limit H1 H2 | |||||
| Standard Zoom Lens RS-IL01ST | 40 | 81 | 61 | 81 | 51 | 81 | 46 | 1.3 (4.3) | 1.9 (6.2) | 61 | 0 |
| 60 122 | 91 122 | 76 122 69 | 1.9 (6.2) | 2.9 (9) | 5) 91 0 | ||||||
| 80 | 163 | 122 | 163 | 102 | 163 | 91 | 2.5 (8.2) | 3.8 (12.5) | 122 | 0 | |
| 100 | 203 | 152 | 203 | 127 | 203 | 114 | 3.2 (10.5) | 4.8 (15.7) | 152 | 0 | |
| 150 | 305 | 229 | 305 | 191 | 305 | 171 | 4.8 (15.7) | 7.2 (23.6) | 229 | 0 | |
| 200 | 406 | 305 | 406 | 254 | 406 | 229 | 6.4 (21.0) | 9.6 (31.5) | 305 | 0 | |
| 250 | 508 | 381 | 508 | 318 | 508 | 286 | 8.0 (26.2) | 12.0 (39.4) | 381 | 0 | |
| 300 | 610 | 457 | 610 | 381 | 610 | 343 | 9.6 (31.5) | 14.4 (47.2) | 457 | 0 | |
| 350 | 711 | 533 | 711 | 445 | 711 | 400 | 11.2 (36.7) | 16.8 (55.1) | 533 | 0 | |
| 400 | 813 | 610 | 813 | 508 | 813 | 457 | 12.8 (42.0) | 19.2 (63.0) | 610 | 0 | |
| 450 | 914 | 686 | 914 | 572 | 914 | 514 | 14.4 (47.2) | 21.6 (70.9) | 686 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1016 | 762 | 1016 | 635 | 1016 | 572 | 16.0 (52.5) | 24.0 (78.7) | 762 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1118 | 838 | 1118 | 699 | 1118 | 629 | 17.6 (57.7) | 26.4 (86.6) | 838 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1219 | 914 | 1219 | 762 | 1219 | 686 | 19.2 (63.0) | 28.8 (94.5) | 914 | 0 | |
| Long Zoom Lens RS-IL02LZ | 40 | 81 | 61 | 81 | 51 | 81 | 46 | 1.9 (6.2) | 3.2 (10.5) | 61 | 0 |
| 60 | 122 | 91 | 122 | 76 | 122 | 69 | 2.8 (9.2) | 4.8 (15.7) | 91 | 0 | |
| 80 | 163 | 122 | 163 | 102 | 163 | 91 | 3.7 (12.1) | 6.4 (21.0) | 122 | 0 | |
| 100 | 203 | 152 | 203 | 127 | 203 | 114 | 4.7 (15.4) | 8.0 (26.2) | 152 | 0 | |
| 150 | 305 | 229 | 305 | 191 | 305 | 171 | 7.1 (23.3) | 12.0 (39.4) | 229 | 0 | |
| 200 | 406 | 305 | 406 | 254 | 406 | 229 | 9.4 (30.8) | 16.1 (52.8) | 305 | 0 | |
| 250 | 508 | 381 | 508 | 318 | 508 | 286 | 11.8 (38.7) | 20.1 (65.9) | 381 | 0 | |
| 300 | 610 | 457 | 610 | 381 | 610 | 343 | 14.2 (46.6) | 24.1 (79.6) | 457 | 0 | |
| 350 | 711 | 533 | 711 | 445 | 711 | 400 | 16.5 (54.1) | 28.1 (92.2) | 533 | 0 | |
| 400 | 813 | 610 | 813 | 508 | 813 | 457 | 18.9 (62.0) | 32.2 (105.6) | 610 | 0 | |
| 450 | 914 | 686 | 914 | 572 | 914 | 514 | 21.3 (69.9) | 36.2 (118.8) | 686 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1016 | 762 | 1016 | 635 | 1016 | 572 | 23.7 (77.8) | 40.2 (131.9) | 762 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1118 | 838 | 1118 | 699 | 1118 | 629 | 26.0 (85.3) | 44.2 (145.0) | 838 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1219 | 914 | 1219 | 762 | 1219 | 686 | 28.4 (93.2) | 48.3 (158.5) | 914 | 0 | |
| Short Fixed Lens RS-IL03WF | 40 | 81 | 61 | 81 | 51 | 81 | 46 | 0.7 (2.3) | 30 | 30 | |
| 60 | 122 | 91 | 122 | 76 | 122 | 69 | 1.0 (3.3) | 46 | 46 | ||
| 80 | 163 | 122 | 163 | 102 | 163 | 91 | 1.4 (4.6) | 61 | 61 | ||
| 100 | 203 | 152 | 203 | 127 | 203 | 114 | 1.7 (5.6) | 76 | 76 | ||
| 150 | 305 | 229 | 305 | 191 | 305 | 171 | 2.6 (8.5) | 114 | 114 | ||
| 200 | 406 | 305 | 406 | 254 | 406 | 229 | 3.4 (11.2) | 152 | 152 | ||
| 250 | 508 | 381 | 508 | 318 | 508 | 286 | 4.3 (14.1) | 191 | 191 | ||
| 300 | 610 | 457 | 610 | 381 | 610 | 343 | 5.1 (16.7) | 229 | 229 | ||
| Ultra long Zoom Lens RS-IL04UL | 40 | 81 | 61 | 81 | 51 | 81 | 46 | - | - | 61 | 0 |
| 60 | 122 | 91 | 122 | 76 | 122 | 69 | 4.6 (15.1) | 9.0 (29.5) | 91 | 0 | |
| 80 | 163 | 122 | 163 | 102 | 163 | 91 | 6.1 (20.0) | 11.9 (39.0) | 122 | 0 | |
| 100 | 203 | 152 | 203 | 127 | 203 | 114 | 7.6 (24.9) | 14.9 (48.9) | 152 | 0 | |
| 150 | 305 | 229 | 305 | 191 | 305 | 171 | 11.3 (37.1) | 22.2 (72.8) | 229 | 0 | |
| 200 | 406 | 305 | 406 | 254 | 406 | 229 | 15.1 (49.5) | 29.6 (97.1) | 305 | 0 | |
| 250 | 508 | 381 | 508 | 318 | 508 | 286 | 18.8 (61.7) | 37.0 (121.4) | 381 | 0 | |
| 300 | 610 | 457 | 610 | 381 | 610 | 343 | 22.6 (74.1) | 44.4 (145.7) | 457 | 0 | |
| 350 | 711 | 533 | 711 | 445 | 711 | 400 | 26.3 (86.3) | 51.7 (169.6) | 533 | 0 | |
| 400 | 813 | 610 | 813 | 508 | 813 | 457 | 30.0 (98.4) | 59.1 (193.9) | 610 | 0 | |
| 450 | 914 | 686 | 914 | 572 | 914 | 514 | 33.8 (110.9) | 66.5 (218.2) | 686 | 0 | |
| 500 | 1016 | 762 | 1016 | 635 | 1016 | 572 | 37.5 (123.0) | 73.8 (242.1) | 762 | 0 | |
| 550 | 1118 | 838 | 1118 | 669 | 1118 | 629 | 41.3 (135.5) | 81.2 (266.4) | 838 | 0 | |
| 600 | 1219 | 914 | 1219 | 762 | 1219 | 686 | 45.0 (147.6) | 88.6 (290.7) | 914 | 0 | |
■Lens Shift Function
The projector includes a lens shift function. Operation of the buttons slides the lens up, down, left, and right, moving the image position. For the function operations, refer to page 74.
The amount of lens shift is indicated as a percentage relative to the image height and width.
The table below shows the lens shift for each lens.
| WUX5000 WUX4000 WX6000 SX6000 | |||||
| Standard Zoom Lens (RS-IL01ST) | Up (1) +55% | +55% +55% +50% | |||
| Down (2) -15% | -15% -15% -12% | ||||
| Left/right (3) ±10% | ±10% ±10% | ±10% | |||
| Long Zoom Lens (RS-IL02LZ) | Up (1) +55% | +55% +55% | +50% | ||
| Down (2) -15% | -15% -15% -12% | ||||
| Left/right (3) ±10% | ±10% ±10% | ±10% | |||
| Short Fixed Lens (RS-IL03WF) | Up (1) +5% | +5% +5% +5% | |||
| Down (2) -5% | -5% -5% -5% | ||||
| Left/right (3) ±2% | ±2% ±2% ±2% | ||||
| Ultra Long Zoom Lens (RS-IL04UL) | Up (1) +55% | +55% +55% +50% | |||
| Down (2) -15% | -15% -15% -12% | ||||
| Left/right (3) ±10% | ±10% ±10% | ±10% | |||
Amount movable in up/down direction

text_image
movable in up/down (1) 90°At maximum upward lens shift

text_image
(2) 90°At maximum downward lens shift
Amount movable in left/right direction

text_image
90° (3)At maximum leftward lens shift

text_image
90°At maximum rightward lens shift
Area where lens movement is not possible
With the Standard Zoom Lens, Long Zoom Lens and Ultra Long Zoom Lens, when the shift exceeds 44% in the upward direction, the amount of available shift in the left / right directions decreases. When the lens is shifted upward to the maximum (1), the amount of available shift in the left / right direction is ±2%.

text_image
(1) 2% of projected image width 2% of projected image width Shift range Projected image Area where shift is not possible 44% of projected image heightWith the Short Fixed Lens, greater shift in the up / down direction reduces the available shift in the left / right direction. When the lens is shifted upward or downward to the maximum, shift in the left / right direction is not possible.

text_image
2% of projected image width 2% of projected image width 5% of projected image height Projected image Area where shift is not possible Shift range 5% of projected image heightConnecting to AV Equipment
■ Connectable Equipment and Input Terminals
HDMI
HDMI IN terminal
Use this name to select the image input.
The name of the terminal to which to connect equipment.

Direction of signal and data flow
(Pxxx): indicates the page(s) to refer to.
WUX5000 / WUX4000
Analog PC / Component
ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal
Computer (P47, P49)

AV equipment (P53)

Digital PC
DVI-D IN terminal
Computer (P49)

AV equipment (P53)

HDMI
HDMI IN terminal
AV equipment (P52)

Digital video camera* (P52)

Computer (P51)


text_image
Select play- back mode be- fore connecting. *LAN terminal
Network
(P166)

flowchart
graph TD
A["Computer"] --> C["Switch"]
B["Computer"] --> C["Switch"]
C --> D["Computer"]
Service port (not normally used)
AUDIO IN terminal
Audio signal for each image input
♪ 1 Analog PC / (P47, P49, Component P53)
♪2 Digital PC (P50)
AUDIO OUT terminal
Amplified speakers (P51, P55)

WX6000 / SX6000

flowchart
graph TD
A["Analog PC-1 Component"] --> B["ANALOG PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal"]
C["Analog PC-2 Digital PC"] --> D["ANALOG PC-2 / DVI-D IN terminal"]
E["HDMI"] --> F["HDMI IN terminal"]
G["Computer (P48, P49)"] --> H["AV equipment (P54)"]
I["Computer (P49)"] --> J["DVI-I IN terminal can only be used to connect to a PC."]
K["AV equipment (P52)"] --> L["Digital video camera* (P52)"]
M["Computer (P51)"] --> N["Computer (P51)"]
O["* Select play-back mode before connecting."] --> P["Service terminal (not normally used)"]
Q["LAN terminal"] --> R["Remote terminal"]
S["Audio OUT terminal"] --> T["AUDIO IN terminal"]
U["Network (P166)"] --> V["Remote control (RC-RC05) (P30)"]
W["Audio signal for each image input"] --> X["Analog PC-1, 2 / Component P54"]
Y["Amplified speakers (P51, P55)"] --> Z["Digital PC"]
■ Connection Terminal and Connection Cable
| Input signal | Supported projectors | Input terminal Types of connection cables | |
| HDMI | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | ![]() | HDMI cable (not included)![]() |
| Digital PC | WUX5000WUX4000 | DVI-D IN![]() | DVI cable (not included)![]() |
| WX6000SX6000 | DVI-I IN![]() | ||
| Analog PCAnalogPC-1 | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | COMPONENT IN![]() | VGA cable (supplied)![]() |
| WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | COMPONENT IN![]() | BNC cable (not included) Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)BNC cable (not included) | |
| AnalogPC-2 | WX6000SX6000 | DVI-I IN![]() | VGA-DVI cable (not included)![]() |
| Component | WUX5000WUX4000WX6000SX6000 | COMPONENT IN![]() | Component cable (not included) RCA plug - RCA plug component cable (not included) |
Connecting to a Network
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
Appendix
Index
Preparing the Remote Control
If the projector is connected to a network, projector error notification mails can be received and the projector can be controlled via a computer. Settings related to the network connection can be made from either the projector side (P172) or computer side (P177).
Depending on the method of network connection, preparation on the computer side may be necessary. The following is an explanation of preparation on the computer side.
Connection Methods
Connect the projector to the computer via LAN.

flowchart
graph LR
A["Router"] -->|LAN cable (not included)
(crossover or straight cable)| B["Router"]
B --> C["Hub or router, etc.Projector"]
D["Laptop"] -->|Laptop| E["Node"]
F["Laptop"] -->|Laptop| G["Node"]
H["Laptop"] -->|Laptop| I["Node"]
- When the [Network function] setting of the projector is set to [Off] (Network Connections is disabled), switch it to [On] to enable it (P172).
- Referring to page 141, check that the projector IP address does not overlap with other computers that are on the same LAN. When you set the IP address of the projector, follow the instruction on page 177 on the web screen or refer to page 175.
- When you connect the computer to the network for the first time, it is also necessary to perform settings on the computer. In this case, consult the network administrator regarding the necessary settings.

In a network environment where a DHCP server is operating, choose [On] on the projector [DHCP] screen to enable the DHCP function and connect it (P175).
Setting an IP Address
Following is an explanation of how to set the PC IP address for each operating system.
Windows 7
1 From the PC [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
2 Click on [Network and Internet Connections], then click on [View network status and tasks].
3 From the menu on the left side of the window, click on [Change adapter settings].
4 Right-click [Local Area Connection], and open [Properties].
5 Select [Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP)] and click the [Properties] button. Make a note of the original network settings (IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, etc).
6Select [Use the following IP address] and set the IP address and subnet mask. The factory default IP address for the projector is "192.168.254.254". Set an IP address which is different from this.
Example
IP address:192.168.254.1
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

text_image
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability. Otherwise, you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings. Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address: IP address: 192 . 168 . 254 . 1 Subnet mask: 255 . 255 . 255 . 0 Default gateway: . Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses: Preferred DNS server: . Alternate DNS server: . Validate settings upon exit Advanced... OK Cancel7 When the settings are completed, click the [OK] button and then click the [OK] button on the [Local Area Connection Properties] window to close it.
■ Windows Vista
1 From the PC [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
2Click on [View network status and tasks].
3 From the menu on the left side of the window, click on [Manage network connections].
4 Right-click [Local Area Connection], and open [Properties].
5 Select [Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP)] and click the [Properties] button. Make a note of the original network settings (IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, etc).
6Select [Use the following IP address] and set the IP address and subnet mask. The factory default IP address for the projector is "192.168.254.254". Set an IP address which is different from this.
Example
IP address:192.168.254.1
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

text_image
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability. Otherwise, you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings. Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address: IP address: 192 . 168 . 254 . 1 Subnet mask: 255 . 255 . 255 . 0 Default gateways: . Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses: Preferred DNS server: . Alternate DNS server: . Advanced... OK Cancel7 When the settings are completed, click the [OK] button and then click the [OK] button on the [Local Area Connection Properties] window to close it.
Windows XP
1 From the PC [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
2Select [Network and Internet Connections] and open [Network Connections].
3 Right-click [Local Area Connection], and open [Properties].
4 Select [Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)] and click the [Properties] button. Make a note of the original network settings (IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, etc).
5Select [Use the following IP address] and set the IP address and subnet mask. The factory default IP address for the projector is "192.168.254.254". Set an IP address which is different from this.
Example
IP address:192.168.254.1
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

text_image
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability. Otherwise, you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings. Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address: IP address: 192 . 168 . 254 . 1 Subnet mask: 255 . 255 . 255 . 0 Default gateway : . Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses: Preferred DNS server: . Alternate DNS server: . Advanced... OK Cancel6 When the settings are completed, click the [OK] button and then click the [OK] button on the [Local Area Connection Properties] window to close it.
■ Mac OS X
1 Open the Apple Menu and select [System Preferences].
2 In the System Preferences window, click [Network] to display the Network window.
3 Select [Built-in Ethernet] and click the [TCP/IP] tab. Make a note of the original network settings (IP address, subnet mask, router, DNS server, etc.).
4 Create a new network environment and set the IP address and subnet mask. The factory default IP address for the projector is "192.168.254.254". Set an IP address which is different from this.
Example
IP address:192.168.254.1
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0

text_image
Network Location: Automatic Elichkeit Corrected Internal Modern Not Connected FireWire Not Connected Status: Connected Ethernet is currently active and has the IP address 192.168.8.15. Configure: Manually IP Address: 192.168.254.1 Submit Mask: 255.255.255.0 Router: 192.168.6.1 DNS Server: 192.168.9.95, 192.168.9.96 Search Domains: Advanced... Click the lock to prevent further charges. Assist me... Revert Apply5Click [Apply] to close the network preference window.
■ Resetting the IP Address Setting of the Computer
Follow the same procedure as for changing the IP address and reset the values to the original values based on the notes taken before the change.
Network Settings on the Projector
From the projector menus screen, network settings can be configured in the [Network Setting] tab. For the menu operations, refer to page 88. (The screen is for the WUX5000 / WUX4000.)
Locking the Network Settings
You can lock / unlock the network settings so that they cannot be changed and cancel the lock.
MENU > [Network Setting] > [Network Setting lock]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock ▶Unlock Network function Lock Network Password setting On Register Network Password FMA PJLink Off DHCP Off %, TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationUnlock Cancels the lock and allows
other network settings to be changed. The password must be entered in order to cancel the lock.
When [Unlock] is selected, the window shown below appears.
U s e ▲ t h▼e [ ] ▶ / [ ] tons to enter the 4-digit pass-word.
For the WX6000 / SX6000, numbers can be entered using the numerical buttons on the remote control.

text_image
Network Password input Enter network password.Lock Lock the settings.
After the OK button is pressed to accept your setting and the MENU button or the EXIT button (WUX6000 / SX6000) is pressed to close the window, the lock is re-engaged. If you change the network settings, be sure to continue operating without closing the window.
- [Lock] is the factory default.
- For the default network password, refer to page 173.
Forcibly canceling the network lock
In the Network Password Input screen, press the buttons in the following sequence to cancel the lock: [▲[OK] [ ] ▶OK] [ ] [OK]. This will reset the network password to [▲[ ] ▲] [ ▲ ▲
Turning the Network Function On / Off
You can turn the projector network function on or off. Power can be saved by turning the function [Off].
MENU > [Network Setting] > [Network function]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function Off Network Password setting ▶ On Register Network Password PJLink Off DHCP Off % TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationOff Disables the network function.
On Enables the network function.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
Setting a Network Password
You can set whether or not a password is required in order to change the projector network settings.
MENU > [Network Setting] > [Network Password setting]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting Off Register Network Password ▶ On PJLink Off DHCP Off TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationOff A network password is not used.
On A network password is used.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- [On] is the factory default.
Registering a Network Password
Register the projector network password. MENU > [Network Setting] > [Register Network Password]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting On Register Network Password PJLink Off DHCP Off % TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationWhen [Register Network Password] is selected, the window shown below appears.
Enter a 4 digit password.
For the WUX5000 / WUX4000, the password can be entered using the [▼/ [ ]▲[◀]/ [ ]▶buttons. For the WX6000 / SX6000, the password can be entered using a combination of the numerical buttons and the [▼/ [ ]▲[ ] ▶] b▶ttons.[◀]/ [1], [ ]▼[2], [ ]▼[3], and [ ] / [◀] have the same function.

text_image
Register Network Password Enter new password. * * * * CancelPress the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- The factory default is [▲][ ]▲[ ▲ ▲ (WUX5000 / WUX4000) or [1] [1] [1] [1] (WX6000 / SX6000).
Turning the PJLink Function On / Off
You can turn the PJLink network function on or off. When the function is turned on, control is possible via the LAN using commands that meet PJLink standards.
MENU > [Network Setting] > [PJLink]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting On Register Network Password PJLink ▶Off DHCP On TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationOff Disables the PJLink function.
On Enables the PJLink function.
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
- [On] is the factory default.
- This projector conforms to Class 1 as defined in the PJLink standards of the JBMIA (Japan Business Machine and Information System Industries Association). This projector supports all commands that are defined by PJLink Class 1, and has been verified as conforming to the PJLink standard Class 1 definition.
- For information about using PJLink, refer to page 187.
What is PJLink?
In September 2003, the PJLink Working Group was established under the Data Projector Committee. During the first year, this PJLink Working Group standardized PJLink as a new interface specification for projectors.
PJLink is a unified standard for operation and control of projectors.
It allows centralized control of projectors and operation from a controller for all projectors regardless of manufacturer.
The objective is for JBMIA to improve convenience for users and expand the use of projectors through early systemization for network monitoring and control of projectors, which will become the mainstream in the future.
Class 1: Standardization of control and monitoring specifications for basic projector functions Basic projector control: Power control, input selection, etc.
Acquisition of projector information and status: Power status, input selection status, error status, lamp use time, etc.
JBMIA: Japan Business Machine and Information System Industries Association The Japan Business Machine and Information System Industries Association is an organization which was launched in 1960 and changed its name on April 1, 2002.

PJLink is a registered trademark of JBMIA and pending trademark in some countries.
Turning DHCP Function On / Off
You can turn the projector DHCP function on or off.
MENU > [Network Setting] > [DHCP]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting On Register Network Password PJLink Off DHCP ▶Off TCP/IP setting On Network setting initializationOff Disables the DHCP function. TCP/IP settings are possible.
On Enables the DHCP function. Searches the DHCP server. Because the IP address is acquired from the DHCP server, it is not necessary to enter the TCP / IP settings (IP address, subnet mask, gateway address).
Press the OK button to accept your setting and then press the MENU button or EXIT button (WX6000 / SX6000).
• [Off] is the factory default.
TCP / IP Setting
Configure the projector TCP / IP settings. MENU > [Network Setting] > [TCP/IP setting]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting On Register Network Password PJLink Off DHCP Off TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationWhen [TCP/IP setting] is selected, the window shown below appears. Use the [▲] / [▼] buttons to select the IP address, then press the OK button. Next, use the [◀]/ [▶] buttons to select the digit and the [▲] [▼] buttons to change the value. For the WX6000 / SX6000, numbers can be entered using the numerical buttons on the remote control. Press the OK button, then set the subnet mask and gateway address in the same way. Finally, select [Enter].

text_image
TCP/IP setting Enter network address. IP address 192. 168. 254. 254 Subnet Mask 255. 255. 255. 0 Gateway address 0. 0. 0. 0 Enter Cancel- The factory defaults are shown below. IP address 192.168.254.254 Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 Gateway address 0.0.0.0
- Settings cannot be made when [DHCP] (P175) is [On].
- If an invalid value is entered, the message "Invalid entry" appears. If this occurs, enter a valid value.
Initializing Network Settings
You can initialize the projector network settings.
MENU > [Network Setting] > [Network setting initialization]

text_image
Analog PC Network Setting Network setting lock Unlocked Network function On Network Password setting Off Register Network Password PJLink Off DHCP Off % TCP/IP setting Network setting initializationWhen [Network setting initialization] is selected, the window shown below appears. Select [YES] then press the OK button.

text_image
Network setting initialization Initialize network settings? Yes No• The following items are initialized.
Network setting screen user name, various settings including password
Network Password setting
Register Network Password
PJLink
DHCP
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway address
E-mail sender address
E-mail recipient address
Projector name
Location
Configuring the Network From the Computer
■ Displaying and Configuring the Network Configuration Screen
The web browser screen shown below is for the WUX4000.
1 Turn on the computer and projector.
2 Launch a web browser, enter "http://(projector IP address)" in the address bar, and press the Enter key.
The password input screen appears.

The factory default IP address is "192.168.254.254". If DHCP settings are used, ask the network administrator for the projector IP address. It is possible to check the IP address from the projector menu.
3 Enter the user name and password on the password input screen, then click OK.
The factory default user name is "root" and the password is "system".

text_image
Connect to 192.168.254.254 SECRET_PAGE User name: root Password: ********** Remember my password OK CancelThe projector web screen appears in the web browser.

text_image
Canon WUX4000 Projector Name MUN4000 Location MAC address 00.00.00.00 51.82 IP address 192.168.254.254 PowerStatus On LampTimeNormalMode 1 LampTimeGuardMode 0 LampTimeConverted 1 FilterTime 1 Projector control SettingsConfiguring the Network From the Computer
The following information is displayed.
| Projector name The name of the | projector on the network |
| Location The location of projector installation | |
| MAC address The MAC address of the projector | |
| IP address The IP address of the projector | |
| Power Status The power status of the projector | |
| Lamp Time *1 Lamp operating time | |
| Lamp Time Normal Mode *2 Lamp operating time in [Normal] lamp mode | |
| Lamp Time Quiet Mode *2 Lamp operating time in [Quiet] lamp mode | |
| Lamp Time Converted *2 Lamp operating time (converted value) | |
| Filter Time Air filter operating time | |
| Alert Error message (if an error has occurred)Temperature abnormalityFaulty lampFaulty lamp coverFaulty cooling fanFaulty power supplyFaulty lens connector: Lens connector errorFaulty air filter unit: Air filter errorUnknown error | |
*1 WUX5000 / WX6000 / SX6000
*2 WUX4000

To operate the projector from the computer, click [Projector control] (P188).
4To configure, click [Settings].
The settings window appears.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - 4To configure, click [Settings]. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/553639b666d49d88dc6b5a2000a78e04ad381caa003048535372f8e19d15bb9e.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initialize Password User name: out 4 - 15 characters New password: unknown 4 - 15 characters Confirm new password: unknown 4 - 15 characters TOP/IP DHCP: OFF IP address: 192.168.254.254 Subset mask: 195.255.255.0 Default gateway: 0.0.0.0 OK Cancel5 Select the function to set from the menu (1), then enter the setting in the displayed field (2) and click [OK] (3).
(1)
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - 4To configure, click [Settings]. - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/8c68c0db6afbdaf540ddf230967d461a4050c14eba11ed7b3f2e88a70578f720.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiation To: Co: Price: SMTP server IP address SMTP server port number SMTP server IP address Time zone Mail round interval Mail round time Error report Mail account Projector account in IP 30:0.0 25 30:0.0 (SMT) Dublin, London, London 30 3 OK Cancel (2)(3)
6 A confirmation window appears. Check the contents and if they are correct, click [Apply].
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - 4To configure, click [Settings]. - 3](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/f2d07e72cb233ef6d539e7c352c2f2ecc0faa4f40ea187e50a9a13103948cd82.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiate Save and apply settings. OK? To: Neither account DO: From: Projectorjeanon@cp SMTP server IP address 0.0.0.0 SMTP server port number 25 SMTP server IP address 0.0.0.0 Time zone: EMTD Dublin, London, London Wall record interval 10 Wall record times 2 Error report OKP Apply CancelThe settings are applied to the projector and "Save completed" is displayed.
7 Click [Back to top] to return the web screen to the initial page.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - 4To configure, click [Settings]. - 4](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/7762ab7c40de7b9a7667a91ee98b5ed9b4c9d66d02df29d5d39a208aede77cd7.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiate Password User name root 4 - 15 characters New password 26-0000 4 - 15 characters Confirm new password 26-0000 4 - 15 characters TCP/IP DHCP 387 IP address 192 193,154,154 Submit mail 255,255,255.0 Default gateway 0.0.0.0 OK CancelConfiguring the Network From the Computer
■ Resetting to Factory Defaults
1 Perform steps 1 - 3 on page 177 to display the setting window.
2Click [Initialize].

text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiate Password User name: post 4- 25 characters New password: 96-8888 4- 25 characters Confirm new password: 96-8888 4- 25 characters TCP/IP DHCP: SFF IP address: 192.363.254.254 ST-Jed mail: 255.255.255.0 Default gateway: 196.0.0 OK Cancel3A confirmation window appears. Click [OK].
■ Setting Errors
When a setting-related error occurs, the error name is displayed on the screen, and a “!” mark is displayed next to the input field which caused the error.

text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Password setting info Password User name WUX 4 - 15 characters New password ######## 4 - 15 characters Confirm new password ######## 4 - 15 characters TCP/IP DHCP OFF IP address 192.168.254.254 Submit mask 395.254.255.255 Default gateway 0.0000 Initiate OK CancelThe error meanings are as shown below.
| Error Meaning | |
| Input error A setting outside the valid range was set on the setting screen. | |
| Password setting error The set password and confirmation password did not match. | |
| Invalid SMTP The SMTP server IP address has not been set. | |
| System failed to connect SMTP server. | Failed to connect to the SMTP server when sending a test mail. |
| System failed to connect POP3 server. | Failed to connect to the POP3 server attempting to send a test mail. |
| System doesn't support this auth type. | An authentication type was set which is not supported by the server. |
| System failed to authenticate. Authentication failed attempting to send a test mail. | |
| The system failed to send the test mail. | Sending of test mail failed due to a connection failure with the SMTP server or an error which does not ordinarily occur. |
| Save Failed Mismatch in settings occurred when settings were changed at the same time from multiple computers. | |
Setting Up the Network
■ Setting Basic Information [Network]
From [Network] in the settings window, you can log into the web screen and set basic network information. For the setting procedure, refer to page 177.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Setting Basic Information [Network] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/537c911f710836bf5a57d138e3b403d3b8cce8750a00273c40f8e0fcc458cf0b.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PjLink Initiate Password User name get 4 - 15 characters New password unknown 4 - 15 characters Confirm new password unknown 4 - 15 characters TCP/IP DHCP Get IP address 192.168.254.254 Submit mask 255.255.255.0 Default gateway 0.0.0.0 OK Cancel| Item Explanation | Factory default setting | |
| Password | ||
| User name When logging into the | web screen,enter the user name in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (4 -15 characters). | root |
| New password When logging into | the web screen,enter the password in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (4 -15 characters). | system |
| Confirm new password For conf | rmation, enter the same password that you entered in [New password]. | system |
| TCP/IP | ||
| DHCP Select whether to turn the | DHCP function on or off. If the function is on, because the IP address is acquired from the server, it is not possible to enter the [IP address], [Subnet mask], and [Default gateway]. | OFF |
| IP address Enter the IP address | of the projec-tor in 1-byte numbers. | 192.168.254.254 |
| Subnet mask Enter the subnet m | ask in 1-byte numbers. | 255.255.255.0 |
| Default gateway Enter the default | t gateway IPaddress in 1-byte numbers. | 0.0.0.0 |
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Setting Basic Information [Network] - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/7c046b71ba96a5885c3468dc30e0cd10fb6f837cac1d8958c8807714ea928589.jpg)
If settings related to TCP / IP were changed, it is necessary to disconnect and reconnect to the network. If the network subnet mask was changed, select [Subnet mask] in the above window and set the new subnet mask.
■ Setting Up Email [Mail]
From [Mail] in the settings window, you can set the items necessary to send error mails and test mails. For the setting procedure, refer to page 177.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Setting Up Email [Mail] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/76570961f06c4b45d09fc913f41e8d4c87de194b9b5b616255ae0388831ab258.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiate To: Mail Ben Account Co: From: Projector@kanen.co.jp SNTP server IP address: 0.0.0 SNTP server port number: 25 SNTP server IP address: 0.0.0 Time zone: (GNT) Dublin, London, London Mail send interval: 10 Mail send times: 3 Error report: OFF OK Cancel| Item Explanation Factory default setting | ||
| To: Enter the recipient address for error mails in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | MailUserAccount | |
| Cc: Enter the CC address for error mails in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | ||
| From: Enter the sender address for error mails in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | Projector@canon.co.jp | |
| SMTP server IP address Enter the SMTP server IP address in 1-byte numbers. | 0.0.0.0 | |
| SMTP server port number Enter the SMTP server port number in 1-byte numbers (1 - 65535). | 25 | |
| SNTP server IP address Enter the SNTP server IP address in 1-byte numbers. | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Time zone Select the time zone where the projector is used. | (GMT) Dublin, Lisbon, London | |
| Mail resend interval Enter the interval for resending mail when an error occurred (units: seconds) within the range of 0 - 59 seconds using 1-byte numbers. | 10 | |
| Mail resend times Enter the number of times to resend mail when an error occurred within the range of 0 - 255 using 1-byte numbers. | 3 | |
| Error report Select whether to turn the error mail sending function on or off. | OFF | |
Setting Up the Network
■ Mail Authentication Settings [Mail auth]
From [Mail auth] in the settings window, you can configure the settings for authentication of mail that is sent when an error occurs. For the setting procedure, refer to page 177.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Mail Authentication Settings [Mail auth] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/4924492893c9e1c14693d2c5ea9766439dcb6f56a77915a952d40f40082ff53c.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initialize Mail authentication OFF User code Password Confirm password PDF1: drive IP address 600.0 PDF2: drive Soft access 110 PDF3: drive PDF information 300 OK Cancel| Item Explanation | Factory default setting | |
| Mail authentication Select the mail | authentication method.If OFF is selected, the other mail authentication settings cannot be changed. | OFF |
| User name Enter the user name to use for mail authentication in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | ||
| Password Enter the password for mail | authentiation in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | |
| Confirm password For confirmation | enter the same password as you entered in [Password]. | |
| POP3 server IP address Enter the POP3 server IP address in 1-byte numbers. | 0.0.0.0 | |
| POP3 server port number Enter the POP3 server port number in 1-byte numbers (1 - 65535). | 110 | |
| POP before SMTP response time Enter the wait time from POP3 authentication to SMTP authentication (units: milliseconds) using 1-byte numbers (0 - 9999 milliseconds). | 300 |
■ Sending a Test Mail [Send test mail]
From [Send test mail] in the settings window, you can send a test mail to the mail address that was set in [Mail]. The settings cannot be changed from this window.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Sending a Test Mail [Send test mail] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/02da6ea83d9ad099f8ee36df915e375d80934e48cc145119be3dec7b939b7009.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PjLink Initiate To: Mail user account Co: Price: Projector@canon.com.jp Subject: Canon Projector test Send| Item | Explanation |
| To: | The recipient address which was set from [Mail] in the settings window (P183) is displayed. |
| Cc: | The CC address which was set from [Mail] in the settings window (P183) is displayed. |
| From: | The sender name which was set from [Mail] in the settings window (P183) is displayed. |
| Subject: | The predetermined mail title “Canon Projector test” is displayed. |
■ SNMP Settings [SNMP]
From [SNMP] in the settings window, you can configure the settings related to control of projectors which use SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). For the setting procedure, refer to page 177.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ SNMP Settings [SNMP] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/0cf0efd639fa27636be87cd0d91eaeab93b27ec25731755ba796982fabd915dd.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Initiate SNPP OFF Projector name/mable Network B-12 may be done Confirm process all B-12 follows line SNMP bus Cold seat Unknown Fully setting the Fully set down Normal down Fully wrap Fully set down Trap at address 0.0/0.0 Trap continuously Temperature automation Air pipeline Autoportation token Lamp scale video Fully power supply Fully line connection OK Cancel| Item Explanation | Factory default setting | |
| SNMP Select the SNMP function version. If OFF is selected, the SNMP function will be turned off and the other settings in this window cannot be changed. | OFF | |
| Receive community Enter | the community name which will receive projector information in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 15 characters). | |
| Password Enter the community settings password in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (8 - 15 characters). This is also used as the password for trapping. It can be set only when the SNMP version is V3. | ||
| Confirm password For confirmation, enter the same password as you entered in [Password]. | ||
| SNMP trap Select the type of error to trap. When any of the checkboxes is turned on, it becomes possible to set [Trap IP address] and [Trap community]. | OFF (no checkmarks) | |
| Trap IP address Enter the IP address to send information to when trap occurs. Enter in 1-byte numbers. | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Trap community Enter the community name which will send information when trap occurs. Enter in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 15 characters). | ||
■ Setting Projector Information [Projector info.]
From [Projector info.] in the settings window, you can set the names and location names which are used to identify projectors when multiple projectors are installed on the network. For the setting procedure, refer to page 177.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Setting Projector Information [Projector info.] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/fd3134941e7693403c4c86b39df7ccda861dabcdb8509d96977e3ee8f9c0d6b4.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX4000 Projector control Back to Top Network Mail Mail auth Send text mail SNMP Projector info. PI Link In Table Projector name: wux4000 Location: OK Cancel| Item Explanation | Factory default setting | |
| Projector name Enter the projector | projector name in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (1 - 63 characters). | WUX5000 / WUX4000 / WX6000 / SX6000 |
| Location Enter the projector | installation location in 1-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (0 - 63 characters). |
■ Setting PJLink [PJLink]
From [PJLink] in the setting window, you can set the PJLink functions which are the standard for projector management on a network. For the setting procedure, refer to page 177. For information about PJLink, refer to page 174.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - ■ Setting PJLink [PJLink] - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/989fcf265c0da9be6a3e2788ed12276a425372968e420b5b496bdff7fcc985a4.jpg)
text_image
WUX4000 WUX-4000 Projector control Back to top Network Mail Mail auth Send test mail SNMP Projector info. PJLink Instance PJLink OK PJLink authentication OK Password Passive Confirm password Passive OK Cancel| Item | Explanation | Factory default setting |
| PJLink Turn the PJLink function on or off. If OFF is selected, the PJLink function will be turned off and the other settings in this window cannot be changed. | ON | |
| PJLink authentication Select whether to turn the PJLink authentication function on or off. If OFF is selected, [Password] and [Confirm password] cannot be changed. | ON | |
| Password Enter the PJLink authentication password in 1-byte alphanumeric characters (1 - 32 characters). | system | |
| Confirm password For confirmation, enter the same password that you entered in [Password]. | system |
Controlling the Projector from a Computer
When the projector is connected to a network, it is possible to control the projector from a computer via the network.
1 Turn on the computer and projector.
2 Launch a web browser, enter "http://projector IP address)" in the address bar, and press the Enter key.
The password input screen appears.
The factory default IP address is "192.168.254.254". It is possible to check the IP address from the projector menu.
3 Enter the user name and password on the password input screen, then click OK.
The factory default user name is "root" and the password is "system".

text_image
Connect to 192.168.254.254 SECRET.PAGE User name: root Password: ******** Remember my password OK Cancel4 The projector web screen appears in the web browser. Click [Projector control].

text_image
Canon WUX4000 Projector Name WUX4000 Location MAC address 00:00 00:00 SL81 IP address 292.363.254.254 PowerStatus On LampTimeNormalMode 2 LampTimeQuestMode 0 LampTimeConverted 1 Filter Time 1 Projector control Settings5 The projector control screen appears. The projector can be controlled from this screen.

text_image
WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Projector name: WUX4000 IP address: 192.168.254-254 Refresh Power On Off Input ANALOG PC Apply Impact Auto Apply Image mode Standard Apply Blank On Off Multi On Off Auto PC Apply| Item Explanation | |
| Projector name | The name of the connected projector is displayed. (P186) |
| IP address | The IP address of the connected projector is displayed. (P182) |
| Refresh Refreshes the displayed contents with the most recent information. | |
| Power Turns projector power on or off. | |
| Input Select an input signal and click [Apply] to change to that input signal. (P59) | |
| Aspect | Select an aspect and click [Apply] to change to that aspect. (P69) |
| Image mode Select an image mode and click [Apply] to change to that image mode. (P78) | |
| Blank Switches the blank setting on or off. (P82) | |
| Mute Switches the mute setting on or off. (P83) | |
| Auto PC Performs Auto PC. (P62) | |
| Information The control results and control error information are displayed at the top of the screen. | |
6 When the operations are finished, click [Back to top] to return the initial web screen.

text_image
WUX4000 Projector control Back to top Projector name 165X4000 IP address 192.168.254.254 Refresh Power On Off Input ANALOG PC Apply Aspect Auto Apply Image mode Standard Apply Blank On Off Multi On Off Auto PC ApplyThe messages shown in the following error list are sent when an error occurs in the projector.
Error list
| Errors related to temperature | Error name | Temperature abnormality |
| Text The temperature inside the projector is too high for some reason or the outside air temperature is higher than the specified one.If the problem is inside the projector, check whether the projector is installed and operated normally, turn off the projector to cool its inside, and retry projection. If the same warning occurs again, the projector may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the lamp | Error name | Faulty lamp |
| Text The lamp has burnt out. Replace the lamp with a new one. If the same warning occurs again, the lamp drive circuit may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the lamp cover | Error name | Faulty lamp cover |
| Text The lamp cover is open. Check whether the lamp cover is installed properly. If it is installed properly, the lamp cover detection switch may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the cooling fan | Error name | Faulty cooling fan |
| Text The cooling fan or another component may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the power supply | Error name | Faulty power supply |
| Text The voltage of part of the power supply is abnormally high or any other problem has occurred in the power supply. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the lens connector | Error name | Faulty lens connector |
| Text The lens cable is not connected to the lens unit. Check whether the lens cable is connected to the lens unit properly.If it is connected properly, the lens connector or cable may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Errors related to the air filter | Error name | Faulty air filter unit |
| Text The air filter unit is not installed properly.Check whether the air filter unit is installed properly.If it is installed properly, the air filter unit detection switch may be defective. Contact your dealer. | ||
| Other types of errors | Error name | Unknown Error |
| Text Code in hexadecimal numbers* | ||
* For details, contact the Canon Customer Support Center.
Maintenance
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
Appendix
Index
Cleaning the Projector
Clean the projector frequently to prevent dust from settling on the surface.
A dirty lens may ruin the quality of the projected image.

When cleaning the projector, make sure to turn off the projector, wait until the cooling fan stops, disconnect the power plug from the electrical outlet, and let the projector stand for at least 1 hour. Otherwise, you may get burned because the main unit is very hot immediately after the projector is turned off.
Wipe the projector's main unit softly with a soft cloth.
If the projector is heavily soiled, soak the cloth in water with a small amount of detergent in it, squeeze the cloth thoroughly, and then wipe the projector with it. After cleaning, wipe the projector with a dry cloth.

- Never use volatile cleaning liquid or benzine, as these may damage the finish of the projector.
- When using a chemical dust cloth, make sure to read the instructions thoroughly.
- When cleaning the projector's lens, use a commonly available air blower or lens cleaning paper. The lens surface is easily damaged, so do not use a hard cloth or tissues.

natural_image
Line drawing of a hand applying adhesive to a curved surface (no text or symbols)Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter
Replacing the Air Filter
Follow the procedure below when replacing the air filter.
1 Turn off the projector power and remove the power plug.
2 Hook your finger onto the handle of the air filter on the side of the projector, and pull the air filter out to remove it.
3 Remove the filter from the air filter frame. First disengage the tab on the inside, then remove the entire air filter from the frame.
4 Install a new air filter into the frame. First insert the air filter tab into the groove on the handle side of the frame, then press the air filter into the frame.

text_image
Air filter
natural_image
Illustration of hands using a tool to cut a rectangular object with a blue arrow indicating the process (no text or symbols present)
natural_image
Illustration of a hand holding a grid-like object with arrows indicating direction, showing internal structure and movement (no text or symbols)Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter
5 Securely insert the air filter all the way into the projector.

natural_image
Line drawing of a projector with a hand inserting a slide into it (no text or symbols)
- Handle the air filter carefully. If damaged, the air filter will not work properly.
- When the lamp is replaced, it is recommend that you also replace the air filter.
- Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for further information.
- Replacement air filter part No.: RS-FL01
- This can also be purchased from the Canon home page (http://store.canon.jp/user/ListProducts/list?svid=2&sc=LMPPR&jsp=/jsp/search/search_item_acc.jsp).
Cleaning the Air Filter
The air filter protects the lens and mirror inside the projector from dust and dirt. Should the air filter become clogged with dust, the projector may be damaged since it will block the air flow into the projector and raise the internal temperature of the projector. The following screen is displayed when turning on the projector if the air filter needs to be cleaned (after approx. 300 hours). Clean the air filter if it is displayed.


text_image
Filter cleaning Clean the filter. If it is already cleaned, select "Yes". This message will no longer appear. Yes No- Only the [◀], [▶], OK and POWER buttons are available while this screen is displayed. (When you press the POWER button, the message "Push POWER button again to turn off power" appears.)
-
When this screen has disappeared after being displayed for 10 seconds, all buttons become operable.
-
Turn the power of the projector off and pull out the power plug.
- Hook your finger into the air filter handle on the side of the projector, and remove the air filter. Then use a vacuum cleaner to remove the dust.
- If the filter replacement screen is displayed when turning on the projector after cleaning the air filter, select [Yes] and press OK. The filter replacement screen will disappear.
- This screen is not displayed when [Filter warning display] is set to [Off]. (WX6000 / SX6000) (P137)
Replacing the Lamp
When the usage time of the lamp exceeds a certain amount of time, the following message (two types) is displayed for 10 seconds every time the projector is turned on.
2,700 hours to less than 3,000 hours

text_image
Lamp replacement Obtain a new lamp. Do you want to display this message again? OK CancelPrepare a new lamp when this screen is displayed.
- Only the [◀], [▶], OK and POWER buttons are available while this screen is displayed.
- When you press the POWER button, "Push POWER button again to turn off power." message appears.
- After this screen has been displayed for 10 seconds and disappeared, all buttons become operable.
- This message will not be displayed again if you select [Cancel] in response to the message “Do you want to display this message again?”.
3,000 hours or more

text_image
! Lamp replacement Replace with the new lamp.If this screen is displayed, replace the lamp by referring to the procedure on page 196.
- Only the POWER button is available while this screen is displayed.
- When you press the POWER button, the "Push POWER button again to turn off power." message appears.
- When this screen has disappeared after being displayed for 10 seconds, all buttons become operable.
- You can check the usage time of the lamp in [Lamp counter] in the [System settings] menu. (P135)
- This screen is not displayed when [Lamp warning display] is set to [Off]. (WX6000 / SX6000) (P135)
Replacement Lamp
This projector uses the following lamps.
Lamp part No.: RS-LP06 (WUX4000)
RS-LP07 (WUX5000 / WX6000 / SX6000)
Contact the Canon Customer Support Center when purchasing a replacement lamp.

When replacing the lamp, turn off the projector, wait until the cooling fan stops, disconnect the power plug from the electrical outlet, and let the projector stand for at least 1 hour. Otherwise, you may get burned because the main unit is very hot immediately after the projector is turned off.

- Be sure to use the specified lamp.
- Contact the Canon Customer Support Center or access to the Canon home page.
- Do not touch the inner glass surface when you replace the lamp. Doing so may cause deterioration to the projector's performance.
- Be sure to handle the lamp carefully and correctly since it may break during use if it has been scratched or subjected to impact. If the lamp breaks, contact the Canon Customer Support Center or follow the instructions on page 21 and page 22.
- When replacing the lamp, do not remove any screws other than those specified.
Replacing the Lamp
1 Turn off the projector power and remove the power plug.
2Loosen one screw and open the lamp cover in the direction of the arrow.
The lamp cover screw is attached to the lamp cover and designed to prevent it from falling off.

text_image
Canon Screw3 Loosen the 3 screws on the inside of the lamp unit, then slowly pull out the lamp unit in the direction of the arrow.
Even when the screws are loosened, they will not fall off the lamp unit.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with a blue arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)4 Fully insert a new lamp unit and secure it with the 3 screws.
5 Close the lamp cover and tighten the screws.
6 Turn on the power. Bring up the menu and select [System settings] - [Other settings] - [Lamp counter].

text_image
Analog PC System settings Power management mode Off Direct power on Off Beep On Key lock Off Remote control Ch1 Language English Guide On Show Input Status On HDMI In Auto Other settings

text_image
Other settings Password settings Off Register password Lens Ctrl Lock Off Lens shift Reset Menu display time Normal Overheat Warning Display Off Deflicker Off Lamp counter Factory defaults Return(The screen is for the WUX5000 / WUX4000.)
Replacing the Lamp
7 Select [Reset] - [OK] to reset the lamp counter.
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Select [Reset] - [OK] to reset the lamp counter. - 1](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/5a2160fa0f478f7a64705b0a08cca8cf6654f49a4fe725511e60ec50fd588e53.jpg)
flowchart
graph TD
A["Lamp counter"] --> B["3000H"]
B --> C["Reset"]
B --> D["Return"]
E["Lamp counter reset"] --> F["Only do this after changing the lamp. Reset the lamp counter?"]
F --> G["OK"]
F --> H["Cancel"]
(The screen is for the WUX5000 / WUX4000.)
![CANON REALiS WX6000 - Select [Reset] - [OK] to reset the lamp counter. - 2](/content/2026/06/1240394/images/cde982d827c51d9e9f16a613bc659fa6fa31d165a068b1f96447c0fc25c8ccaa.jpg)
- It is recommended that you also replace the air filter when you replace the lamp.
- Contact the Canon Customer Support Center for further information.
- Replacement air filter product number: RS-FL01
MULTIMEDIA PROJECTOR
WUX5000
WUX4000
WX6000
SX6000
Appendix

natural_image
Exterior view of a white and black projector with a circular lens (no visible text or symbols)Appendix
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions
Before Use
Projecting an Image
Useful Functions Available During a Presentation
Setting Functions from Menus
Installation
Connecting to a Network
Maintenance
User's Manual
Installation Manual
Appendix
Appendix
Index
LED Indicator Meanings
When there is a problem with the projector, the LED indicator on the side of the projector illuminates or flashes continuously after the projector is turned off.
- Wait until the cooling fan stops and disconnect the power plug from the electrical outlet before dealing with the problem.
| LED indicator status | Meaning Countermeasure | |
| WARNING and TEMP are lit. | Temperature abnormality | The temperature inside the projector is too high for some reason or the outside air temperature is higher than the operating range. If the problem is inside the projector, check whether the projector is installed and operating normally, unplug the projector from the power outlet to cool down the projector interior and then restart projection. If the air intake or exhaust vent is blocked, remove the obstacle. If the same warning occurs again, there may be a malfunction in the projector. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
| WARNING and LAMP are lit. | Faulty lamp The | lamp does not illuminate. Turn the power off and then back on and check whether or not the lamp illuminates. Also, check whether the air intake or exhaust vent is blocked, and whether the air filter is clogged with dust. The warning may indicate if the air flow in and out of the projector is blocked, or if the internal temperature of the projector rises. If the air filter is clogged, clean or replace the air filter. (P193, P194) If the lamp does not illuminate, replace it. If the same warning occurs again, there may be a malfunction in the lamp drive circuit. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
| WARNING flashes 3 times, LAMP is lit. | Faulty lamp cover | The lamp cover is open. Unplug the projector from the electrical outlet, then install the lamp cover correctly and turn on the projector again. If the lamp cover has been installed properly, there may be a malfunction in the lamp cover detection switch. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
| WARNING (only) flashes 4 times repeatedly. | Faulty cooling fan | There may be a malfunction in the cooling fan or another component. Unplug the projector from the electrical outlet, then plug it into the outlet and turn on the projector again. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center if the same warning occurs again. |
| WARNING (only) flashes 5 times repeatedly. | Faulty power supply | Abnormal voltage is applied to some parts in the power supply or another failure may have occurred. Unplug the projector from the electrical outlet, then plug it back into the outlet and turn on the projector again. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center if the same warning occurs again. |
| WARNING (only) flashes 6 times repeatedly. | Faulty lens connector | Disconnect the lens connector which joins the lens unit and projector. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
| WARNING (only) flashes 3 times repeatedly. | Filter error The air filter is not installed. Check whether or not the air filter is installed correctly. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center if the same warning occurs again. | |
Symptoms and Solutions
■ You Cannot Turn on the Projector
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| The power cord is not connected correctly. | Check whether the power cord is connected correctly.(P56) |
| The power cord has just been connected. | You cannot turn on the projector until the [STAND BY] indicator turns red after connecting the power plug. (P56) |
| The lamp cover is open. Unplug the | projector from the power outlet, then install the lamp cover correctly and turn on the projector again. |
| The safety device is activated because the air intake or the exhaust vent is blocked and the internal temperature of the projector has increased. | When the safety device is active, the [STAND BY] indicator does not turn on when you connect the power cord. You cannot disable this safety device. Remove any obstacle that is blocking the air intake or exhaust vent and contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
| The lens connector is not connected correctly. | The lens connector that connects the lens unit with the main unit of the projector is disconnected. Contact the Canon Customer Services Center. |
| The air filter is not installed correctly. | Check whether the air filter is installed correctly. (P193) |
| Key lock is enabled. | Check that Key lock (P123) is not enabled for the projector or the remote control. |
■ You Cannot Project an Image from the Projector
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| A cable is not connected correctly. | Check whether the projector is connected to the computer or AV equipment correctly. (P52, P59) |
| 20 seconds have not elapsed since the projector was turned on. | When the projector is turned on, the opening window is displayed for approximately 20 seconds. To project an image immediately, press the OK button on the remote control or side control. (P56) |
| No image is sent from the AV equipment. | Check whether an image is played on the connected video camcorder, DVD, etc. |
| Connection with the input terminal has not been performed correctly. | Check whether the AV equipment is connected to the projector input terminal correctly. (P47) |
| No input signal type has been selected for the connected AV equipment. | Check that the same input signal has been correctly selected for the connected AV equipment from the [INPUT] menu. (P60) |
| The input signal type is incorrect. | Check whether the selected input signal type is correct. (P94, P218) |
| The BLANK function has been selected. | Press the BLANK button on the remote control. (P82) |
| No image is projected due to a problem with the computer. | Turn first the projector and then the computer off and then back on again. |
| The external monitor output is not set on the notebook computer correctly. | Turn on the external monitor output on the notebook computer. To turn on the external monitor output, press the [LCD] or [VGA] function key or a key with an icon for the external monitor, while holding down the [Fn] key on the keyboard of the notebook computer. With Windows 7, you can turn on image output by holding down the Windows logo key and pressing the [P] key. (P58)The combination of keys used to perform this operation varies depending on the model of notebook computer. For more detailed information, refer to the manual that came with your computer. |
| The displayed image is not the same as that displayed on the computer. | Check whether the dual screen (multi-display) mode is selected on the computer. If the dual screen mode has been selected, change it to the simultaneous display mode on the computer.The output setting method varies among computer manufacturers. For more detailed information, refer to the manual that came with your computer. |
■ There is no Sound
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| The audio cable is not connected correctly. | Check the audio cable connection. (P162) |
| The MUTE function is enabled. | Press the MUTE button on the remote control. (P83) |
| The volume level is adjusted to the minimum. | Press the VOL button on the remote control or the VOL+ button on the side control to adjust the volume level. (P83) |
| An audio cable with a built-in resistor is used. | Use an audio cable without a built-in resistor. |
| Audio in terminal select is [Off] (WX6000 / SX6000). | Change the Audio In terminal to the appropriate setting. (P139) |
■ The Projected Image Is Blurred
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| The image is out of focus. Adjust the focus. (P73) | |
| The distance to the screen is too short. | Check whether the distance to the screen is appropriate. If the distance is shorter than approximately 1.3 m (4.3'), the projector cannot focus on the screen. (P156) |
| The projector is not placed straight in front of the screen. | Check whether the projector is placed obliquely to the screen. A slight error in the projection angle can be corrected through the keystone adjustment function. (P76) |
| The projector has been moved to a place where the temperature varies a lot. | When the projector is moved from a location where the temperature is low to a location where the temperature is high, condensation may form on the lens. The condensation will evaporate after a period of time and the projector will be able to project a normal image. |
| The lens is stained. Clean the lens. (P192) | |
| The tracking is bad. Adjust the tracking with the [AUTO PC] or [Tracking] function. (P62, P96) | |
■ You Cannot Project an Image Appropriately
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| The projected image is inverted in the vertical or horizontal direction. | The ceiling mounted / rear projection setting is incorrect. Check the [Image flip H/V] setting in the [Display settings] menu. (P104) |
| The dot clock of the input signal is higher than 162 MHz with a BNC cable. | Set the signal dot clock to 162 MHz or less on your computer. |
| A VGA cable is used in which some pins are not connected. | Use a VGA cable in which all pins are connected. |
■ The Projector Power Turns Off
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| The air intake or exhaust vent is blocked. | Check whether the air intake or exhaust vent is blocked. If the air intake or exhaust vent is blocked, the temperature inside the projector will increase and the power is automatically turned off to protect the projector. (The [WARNING] indicator and [TEMP] indicator are lit.) Wait until the projector temperature drops, then make sure that the intake and exhaust vents are not blocked and turn on the projector.(P32, P56) |
| The air filter is dirty. Check whether | the air filter is clogged with dust.If the air filter is clogged, clean or replace the air filter.(P193) |
| The lamp has broken (or there is a lamp malfunction). | Check whether the lamp has broken.If the lamp has broken, follow the instructions on page 21. If the lamp has not broken, there may be a malfunction with the lamp. Check the lamp by replacing it with a spare lamp if you have one. (P22, P195, P196) |
| The operating temperature is inappropriate. | Check whether the operating temperature is between 5°C and 35°C. (P24)If you use the projector at 2300 m or higher above sea level, contact the Canon Customer Support Center. |
■ You Cannot Operate the Remote Control
| Cause Countermeasure | |
| Batteries are not installed properly or they have run out. | Check whether batteries are installed correctly. If batteries are installed correctly, replace them with new batteries.(P27) |
| You are operating the remote control from the outside of the remote control operating range. | Check whether you are operating the remote control within the remote control operating range of the main unit of the projector. (P29) |
| There is an obstacle between the projector and the remote control. | Remove the obstacle between the infrared remote receiver of the main unit of the projector and the remote control or point the remote control in an obstacle-free path. |
| You are operating the remote control in an unsuitable operating environment. | Check whether the infrared remote receiver of the main unit of the projector is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light of lighting apparatus. (P29) |
| The channel setting of the remote control does not match the setting of the projector. | Check whether the channel setting of the remote control has been changed. You can check the [Remote control] setting in the [System settings] menu. (P124) |
| The key lock function is preventing operation of the remote control. | Check whether [Key lock] is enabled to disable the remote control operation.In the System settings menu, set [Key lock] to [Off]. (P123) |
| When using infrared operation, the cable is connected to the terminal for the wired remote control of the projector or remote control (WX6000 / SX6000). | Pull out the cable that is connected to the terminal for the wired remote control of the projector or remote control.(P30) |
| When using with the cable connected, the cable may not be connected to the terminal for the wired remote control of the projector or remote control (WX6000 / SX6000). | Check whether the cable is connected to the terminal for the wired remote control of the projector and remote control. Also check that the cable is not broken. (P30) |
If the above causes cannot be identified, the projector may be damaged. Contact the Canon Customer Support Center as soon as possible.
Relationship between Aspect and Screen Aspect
This section describes the relationship between screen aspect (P63) and aspect (P69). To project an image on the whole screen, select the most appropriate screen aspect ratio and aspect according to the aspect ratio of the screen and input signal type.
- If an image from image software with an aspect ratio of 16:9 is not projected correctly, select [16:9] as the screen aspect.
- For a 16:9 image with black borders at the top and bottom, such as a terrestrial broadcast movie, you can project the 16:9 image area so that it is projected on the entire screen by selecting [Zoom] in [Aspect].

natural_image
Diagram showing a mountain silhouette before and after transformation, with no text or symbols present.[Zoom] is available when [16:10], [16:9] or [16:9 D. image shift] is selected for the screen aspect and [HDMI (480p, 576p)] or [Component (480p, 480i, 576p, 576i)] is selected for the input signal.
- To perform keystone adjustment (P76), select [16:10], [4:3] or [16:9] for [Screen aspect].
WUX5000 / WUX4000
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10] | [Full][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [Full] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [Full] | ![]() | |
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [16:9] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:9] | ![]() | |
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [4:3][4:3 D. image shift] | [4:3] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [4:3] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10] | [Full][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) S | Screen image |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [4:3][4:3 D. image shift] | [Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
WX6000
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10] | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:10] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:10] | ![]() | |
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [16:9] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:9] | ![]() | |
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [4:3][4:3 D. image shift] | [4:3] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [4:3] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) S | Screen image |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10] | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) S | Screen image |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [4:3][4:3 D. image shift] | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() | |
SX6000
■ When the image is projected on a 4:3 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3] | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [4:3] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [4:3] | ![]() | |
■ When the image is projected on a 16:10 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) S | Screen image |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:10][16:10 D. image shift] | [16:10] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:10] | ![]() |
■ When the image is projected on a 16:9 screen
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) S | Screen image |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [16:9] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:9] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() |
■ When projecting on a 4:3 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [4:3] | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [10:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 16:10 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:10][16:10 D. image shift] | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [10:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
■ When projecting on a 16:9 screen in the aspect ratio of the connected device
| Aspect ratio of connected device | Screen aspect setting (P63) | Aspect setting (P69) Screen image | |
| (4:3)1600 x 12001400 x 1050640 x 480 | [16:9][16:9 D. image shift] | [4:3][Auto] | ![]() |
| (16:10)1920 x 12001440 x 9001280 x 800 | [16:10][Auto] | ![]() | |
| (16:9)1920 x 10801280 x 720 | [16:9][Auto] | ![]() | |
If using WX6000 / SX6000
The test pattern can be displayed by pressing the [TEST PATTERN] button. Use this when there is no image signal, etc.
While the test pattern is displayed, you can use the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons to change to a different test pattern. Also, if there is an option pattern available, you can use the [▲/ [ ]▼buttons to switch pattern.
The following test patterns can be displayed.

flowchart
graph TD
A["[▲/ [ "] switch pattern] --> B["Color bar"]
B --> C["Black square with arrow"]
C --> D["Gray rectangle with arrow"]
D --> E["White rectangle with arrow"]
E --> F["Green rectangle with arrow"]
F --> G["Blue rectangle with arrow"]
G --> H["White / red / green / blue (Raster 100%)"]
H --> I["Red rectangle with arrow"]
I --> J["Green rectangle with arrow"]
J --> K["Blue rectangle with arrow"]
K --> L["White / red / green / blue (Raster 50%)"]
L --> M["Black checkered rectangle with arrow"]
M --> N["Black square with arrow"]
N --> O["White rectangle with arrow"]
O --> P["Black square with arrow"]
P --> Q["Black rectangle with arrow"]
Q --> R["Black square with arrow"]
R --> S["Black rectangle with arrow"]
S --> T["Black square with arrow"]
T --> U["Black rectangle with arrow"]
U --> V["Black square with arrow"]
V --> W["Black rectangle with arrow"]
W --> X["Black square with arrow"]
Supported Signal Types
This projector supports the following signal types.
If your computer or AV equipment is compatible with any one of these signal types, the projector's Auto PC function selects the input signal type to project an image appropriately.
ANALOG RGB
| Resolution (dots) | Signal type | Horizontal frequency (kHz) | Vertical frequency (Hz) |
| 640 x 480 VGA | 31.469 59.940 | ||
| 720 x 480 - 31 | 469 59.940 | ||
| 720 x 576 - 31 | 250 50.000 | ||
| 800 x 600 SVGA | 37.879 60.317 | ||
| 848 x 480 - 31 | 020 60.000 | ||
| 1024 x 768 XGA | 48.363 60.004 | ||
| 1280 x 720 - | 37.500 50.000 | ||
| 45.000 60.000 | |||
| 1280 x 768 | WXGA | 47.776 59.870 | |
| 47.396 59.995 | |||
| 1280 x 800 | 49.702 59.810 | ||
| 49.306 59.910 | |||
| 1280 x 960 MAC | 60.000 60.000 | ||
| 1280 x 1024 SXGA | 63.981 60.020 | ||
| 1360 x 768 - 47 | 712 60.015 | ||
| 1366 x 768 - 47 | 712 59.790 | ||
| 1400 x 1050 SXGA+ | 64.744 59.948 | ||
| 65.317 59.978 | |||
| 1440 x 900 | WXGA+ | 55.935 59.887 | |
| 55.469 59.901 | |||
| 1600 x 1200 | UXGA | 75.000 60.000 | |
| 1680 x 1050 | WSXGA+ | 64.674 59.883 | |
| 65.290 59.954 | |||
| 1920 x 1080 - | 56.250 50.000 | ||
| 67.500 60.000 | |||
| 1920 x 1200(WUX5000 / WUX4000) | WUXGA | 74.038 | 59.950 |
DVI
| Resolution (dots) | Signal type | Horizontal frequency (kHz) | Vertical frequency (Hz) |
| 640 x 480 | D-VGA 3 | .469 | 59.940 |
| 720 x 480 | - | 31.469 | 59.940 |
| 720 x 576 | - | 31.250 | 50.000 |
| 800 x 600 | D-SVGA | 37.879 | 60.317 |
| 1024 x 768 D-X | GA 48.363 | 60.004 | |
| 1280 x 720 | - | 37.500 | 50.000 |
| 45.000 | 60.000 | ||
| 1280 x 800 | D-WXGA | 49.702 | 59.810 |
| 49.306 | 59.910 | ||
| 1280 x 1024 | D-SXGA | 63.981 | 60.020 |
| 1400 x 1050 | D-SXGA+ | 64.744 | 59.948 |
| 65.317 | 59.978 | ||
| 1440 x 900 | D-WXGA+ | 55.935 | 59.887 |
| 55.469 | 59.901 | ||
| 1600 x 1200 | D-UXGA | 75.000 | 60.000 |
| 1680 x 1050 | D-WSXGA+ | 64.674 | 59.883 |
| 65.290 | 59.954 | ||
| 1920 x 1080 | - | 56.250 | 50.000 |
| 67.500 | 60.000 | ||
| 1920 x 1200(WUX5000 / WUX4000) | D-WUXGA | 74.038 | 59.950 |
* The specifications in the table above are subject to change without notice.
* This projector does not support any computer output signal with a dot clock of higher than 162 MHz.
* Use a VGA cable in which all pins are connected. If the cable is a type in which all pins are not connected, the image may not be correctly displayed.
HDMI
Connecting to a computer
| Resolution (dots) | Signal type | Horizontal frequency (kHz) | Vertical frequency (Hz) |
| 640 x 480 | VGA | 31.469 | 59.940 |
| 800 x 600 | SVGA | 37.879 60.317 | |
| 1024 x 768 | XGA | 48.363 60.004 | |
| 1280 x 800 W | XGA | 49.702 | 59.810 |
| 49.306 | 59.910 | ||
| 1280 x 1024 | SXGA 63.981 | 60 | 020 |
| 1400 x 1050 | SXGA+ | 64.744 | 59.948 |
| 65.317 | 59.978 | ||
| 1440 x 900 | WXGA+ | 55.935 | 59.887 |
| 55.469 | 59.901 | ||
| 1600 x 1200 | UXGA | 75.000 | 60.000 |
| 1680 x 1050 | WSXGA+ | 64.674 | 59.883 |
| 65.290 | 59.954 | ||
| 1920 x 1200 (WUX5000 / WUX4000) | WUXGA | 74.038 | 59.950 |
Connecting with AV equipment
| Signal type | Horizontal frequency (kHz) | Vertical frequency (Hz) |
| 480p | 31.469 | 59.940 |
| 576p | 31.250 | 50.000 |
| 720p | 37.500 | 50.000 |
| 45.000 | 60.000 | |
| 1080i | 28.125 | 50.000 |
| 33.750 | 60.000 | |
| 1080p | 56.250 | 50.000 |
| 67.500 | 60.000 |
COMPONENT
| Signal type | Horizontal frequency (kHz) | Vertical frequency (Hz) |
| 480i | 15.734 | 59.940 |
| 480p | 31.469 | 59.940 |
| 576i | 15.625 | 50.000 |
| 576p | 31.250 | 50.000 |
| 720p | 37.500 | 50.000 |
| 720p | 45.000 | 60.000 |
| 1080i | 28.125 | 50.000 |
| 1080i | 33.750 | 60.000 |
| 1080p | 56.250 | 50.000 |
| 1080p | 67.500 | 60.000 |
■ Projector
WUX5000 / WUX4000
| Model name WUX5000 WUX4000 | |||
| Display system RGB liquid crystal system | |||
| Optical system | Color separation by dichroic mirror / polarizing beam splitter and color composition by prism | ||
| Display device | Type Reflective liquid crystal panel | ||
| Size / Aspect ratio 0.71" X3 / 16:10 | |||
| Drive system Active matrix system | |||
| Number dots / Total number dots 2,304,000 (1920 x 1200) x 3 panels / 6,912,000 | |||
| Projection lens(*1) | Zoom ratio / Focal length / F value 1.5x / f = 23.0 - 34.5 mm / F1.89 - F2.65 | ||
| Zooming / Focusing system Electric / Electric | |||
| Lens shift V: -15% - +55%, H: ±10% | |||
| Light source 330-NSHA 336 W | 310-NSHA 300 / 264 W(lamp mode Normal / Quiet) | ||
| Image size (projection distance) (*1) | Size 40 to 600 (1.3 m / 4.6' to 29.0 m / 95.1') | ||
| Number of colors | 16,770,000 colors (full color) | ||
| Brightness (*1) | 5,000 lumen | 4,000 lumen (*2) | |
| Contrast ratio | 1000:1 (Full white: Full black, during presentation) | ||
| Ratio of brightness at periphery to center (*1) | 88% | ||
| Speaker | 5W monaural x 1 | ||
| Maximum input resolution | 1920 x 1200 dots | ||
| Video signals | Analog PC input | WUXGA / UXGA / WSXGA+ / SXGA+ / WXGA+ / SXGA / WXGA / XGA / SVGA / VGA(Scan frequency: Horizontal 15 - 75 kHz, Vertical 50 - 85 Hz) | |
| Digital PC input | WUXGA / UXGA / WSXGA+ / SXGA+ / WXGA+ / SXGA / WXGA / XGA / SVGA / VGA | ||
| Component input | 1080p, 1080i, 720p, 576i, 576p, 480i, 480p | ||
| HDMI input | 1080p, 1080i, 720p, 576p, 480p | ||
| Input terminal | DVI-D IN terminal | Digital PC (24-pin DVI connector) | |
| HDMI IN terminal | HDMI (deep color) | ||
| ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal | Analog PC, Component (mini D-sub 15-pin) | ||
| CONTROL terminal | RS-232C (D-sub 9-pin) | ||
| AUDIO IN Terminal | Audio signal (3.5∅ stereo mini jack x 2) | ||
| AUDIO OUT Terminal | Audio signal (3.5∅ stereo mini jack) | ||
| LAN terminal | Network connection (RJ-45) | ||
| Input signal | Digital PC | TMDS (Transition Minimized Differential Signaling) | |
| Analog PC | 0.7Vp-p, positive polarity, impedance = 75ΩHorizontal / vertical synchronization: TTL level, negative or positive polarityComposite synchronization in G signal: 0.3Vp-p, negative polarity, impedance = 75Ω | ||
| Component video | COMPONENT: Separate Y Cb/Pb Cr/Pr signalY: 1Vp-p, negative synchronization, impedance = 75ΩCb/Pb: 0.7Vp-p, impedance = 75ΩCr/Pr: 0.7Vp-p, impedance = 75Ω | ||
| Audio | Impedance = 47kΩ or more | ||
| Noise | 40 dB | 39 / 36dB(lamp mode Normal / Quiet) | |
| Operating temperature 5°C - 35°C | |||
| Power supply | AC100V - 240V 50 / 60Hz | ||
| Power consumption | 450W / 1.7W / 0.35W(Projection / standby / standby with LAN OFF) | 410W / 365W / 1.7W / 0.35W(normal mode / silent mode / standby / standby with LAN OFF) | |
| Dimensions | 380 mm (W) x 150 mm (H) x 430 mm (D) / 15.0 (W) x 5.9 (H) x 16.9 (D) in(not including the projection) | ||
| Weight | 8.5 kg / 18.7 lbs (not including projection lens unit) | ||
| Accessories | Remote control, remote control dry-cell batteries, power cord, PC connection cable, User's Manual / Installation Manual (this manual), warranty certificate | ||
*1 When using a Standard Zoom Lens (RS-L01ST). Varies depending on the type of lens unit. *2 When lamp mode (WJX4000) is set to [Normal]
* 99.99% or more of the LCD panel pixels are effective. During projection, 0.01% or less of pixels may stay lit or unlit due to the characteristics of the LCD panel.
* Using the projector continuously for an extended period of time may accelerate the deterioration of optical parts.
WX6000 / SX6000
| Model name WX6000 SX6000 | |||
| Display system RGB liquid crystal system | |||
| Optical system | Color separation by dichroic mirror / polarizing beam splitter and color composition by prism | ||
| Display device | Type Reflective liquid crystal panel | ||
| Size / Aspect ratio 0.7" X3 / 16:10 0.72" X3 / 4:3 | |||
| Drive system Active matrix system | |||
| Number dots / Total number dots | 1,296,000 (1440 x 900) x 3 panels / 3,888,000 | 1,470,000 (1400 x 1050) x 3 panels / 4,410,000 | |
| Projection lens(*) | Zoom ratio / Focal length / F value 1.5 x / f = 23.0 - 34.5 mm / F1.89 - F2.65 | ||
| Zooming / Focusing system Electric / Electric | |||
| Lens shift V: -15% - +55%, H: ±10% V: -12% - +50%, H: ±10% | |||
| Light source 330-NSHA 336 W | |||
| Image size (projection distance) (*1) | 40" to 600" (1.3 to 29.7 m) | 40" to 600" (1.3 to 28.8 m) | |
| Number of colors | 16,770,000 colors (full color) | ||
| Brightness (*1) | 5,700 lumen 6,000 lumen | ||
| Contrast ratio | 1000:1 (Full white: Full black, during presentation) | ||
| Ratio of brightness at periphery to center (*1) | 88% | ||
| Speaker | 5W monaural x 1 | ||
| Maximum input resolution | 1440 x 900 dots | 1400 x 1050 dots | |
| Video signals | Analog PC input | UXGA / WSXGA+ / SXGA+ / WXGA+ / WXGA / SXGA / XGA / SVGA / VGA | |
| Digital PC input | UXGA / WSXGA+ / SXGA+ / WXGA+ / WXGA / SXGA / XGA / SVGA / VGA | ||
| Digital video input | 1080p, 1080i, 720p, 576p, 480p | ||
| Component video input | 1080p, 1080i, 720p, 576p, 576i, 480p, 480i | ||
| Input terminal | DVI-I IN terminal | Analog PC, Digital PC (24-pin DVI connector) | |
| HDMI IN terminal | Digital PC, HDMI (deep color) | ||
| ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal | Analog PC, Component (mini D-sub 15-pin) | ||
| CONTROL terminal | RS-232C (D-sub 9-pin) | ||
| Remote terminal | Wired remote control (3.5∅ stereo mini jack) | ||
| AUDIO IN Terminal | Audio signal (3.5∅ stereo mini jack x 2) | ||
| AUDIO OUT Terminal | Audio signal (3.5∅ stereo mini jack) | ||
| LAN terminal | Network connection (RJ-45) | ||
| Input signal | Digital PC | TMDS (Transition Minimized Differential Signaling) | |
| Analog PC | 0.7Vp-p, positive polarity, impedance = 75ΩHorizontal / vertical synchronization: TTL level, negative or positive polarityComposite synchronization in G signal: 0.3Vp-p, negative polarity, impedance = 75Ω | ||
| Component video | COMPONENT: Separate Y Cb/Pb Cr/Pr signalY: 1Vp-p, negative synchronization, impedance = 75ΩCb/Pb: 0.7Vp-p, impedance = 75ΩCr/Pr: 0.7Vp-p, impedance = 75Ω | ||
| Audio | Impedance = 47kΩ or more | ||
| Noise | 40 dB | ||
| Operating temperature | 5°C - 35°C | ||
| Power supply | AC100V - 240V 50 / 60Hz | ||
| Power consumption (Projection / standby / standby with LAN OFF) | 435W / 1.7W / 0.35W | ||
| Dimensions | 380 mm (W) x 150 mm (H) x 430 mm (D) / 15.0 (W) x 5.9 (H) x 16.9 (D) in (not including the projection) | ||
| Weight | 8.5 kg / 18.7 lbs (not including projection lens unit) | ||
| Accessories | Remote control, remote control dry-cell batteries, power cord, PC connection cable, User's Manual / Installation Manual (this manual), warranty certificate | ||
*1 When using a Standard Zoom Lens (RS-IL01ST). Varies depending on the type of lens unit.
* 99.99% or more of the LCD panel pixels are effective. During projection, 0.01% or less of pixels may stay lit or unlit due to the characteristics of the LCD panel.
* Using the projector continuously for an extended period of time may accelerate the deterioration of optical parts.
■Remote control
| Type RS-RC04 RS-RC05 | ||
| Power supply | DC 3.0V, using two AAA-size batteries | DC 3.0V, using two AA-size batteries |
| Operating range Approx. | 8 m± 25° horizontal and vertical (to infrared remote receiver) | |
| Dimensions | 43 mm (W) x 23 mm (H) x 135 mm (D) / 1.7 (W) x 0.9 (H) x 5.3 (D) in. | 51 mm (W) x 28 mm (H) x 176 mm (D) / 2.0 (W) x 1.1 (H) x 6.9 (D) in. |
| Weight 56 g / 2.0 oz 100 g / 3.5 oz | ||
■Specification of Each Lens Unit (Option)
| Name Standard Zoom Lens | Long Zoom Lens | |
| Model number RS-IL01ST | RS-IL02LZ | |
| External View | ![]() | ![]() |
| Focal length 23.0 - 34.5 mm | (0.9 - 1.4") | 34.0 - 57.7 mm(1.3 - 2.3") |
| F number 1.89 - 2.65 1.99 - 2.83 | ||
| Projection distance* 1.3 - | 28.8 m(4.3 - 94.5') | 1.9 - 48.3 m(6.2 - 158.5') |
| Width | 97.4 mm (3.8") | 97.4 mm (3.8") |
| Height | 106.5 mm (4.2") | 106.5 mm (4.2") |
| Length | 173.4 mm (6.8") | 173.4 mm (6.8") |
| Weight | 550 g (1.2 lbs) | 755 g (1.7 lbs) |
| Zoom ratio 1.5x | 1.7x | |
| Size 100 projection distance* | 3.2 - 4.8 m(10.5 - 15.7') | 4.7 - 8.0 m(15.4 - 26.2') |
For details about the amount of lens shift, refer to page 160.
*: WUX5000 / WUX4000
Product Specifications
| Name Short Fixed Lens | Ultra Long Zoom Lens | |
| Model number RS-IL03WF RS-IL04UL | ||
| External View | ![]() | ![]() |
| Focal length 12.8 mm (0.5") 53.6 - 105.6 mm (2.1 - 4.2") | ||
| F number 2.0 2.34 - 2.81 | ||
| Projection distance* 0.7 - 5.2 m(2.3 - 17.1') | 4.6 - 89.0 m(15.1 - 292.0') | |
| Width 97.4 mm (3.8") 97.4 mm (3.8") | ||
| Height 106.5 mm (4.2") 106.5 mm (4.2") | ||
| Length 175.2 mm (6.9") 184.2 mm (7.3") | ||
| Weight 910 g (2.0 lbs) 940 g (2.1 lbs) | ||
| Zoom ratio | - | 1.95x |
| Size 100 projection dis-tance* | 1.7 m (5.6') | 7.6 - 14.9 m (24.9 - 48.9') |
For details about the amount of lens shift, refer to page 160.
*: WUX5000 / WUX4000
■ External View

text_image
92 mm (3.6") 91 mm (3.5") 380 mm (15.0)
text_image
430 mm (16.9")
text_image
150mm (5.9')Bolt holes (M4 x 6) for installation of ceiling attachment

text_image
128 mm (5.0") 234.5 mm (9.2") 53 mm (2.1") 212 mm (8.4") 311 311mm (2.2") 145.5 mm 141.5 mm (6.1") 141.5 mm (5.6")■ANALOG PC (WUX5000 / WUX4000), ANALOG PC-1 (WX6000 / SX6000) / COMPONENT IN Terminal
This terminal is used as a computer ANALOG PC input or COMPONENT input terminal. Use a D-sub computer cable for connection.
The terminal specifications for the ANALOG PC input and COMPONENT input are the same.
Mini D-sub 15-pin

natural_image
Diagram of a 15-pin D-sub connector (no text or symbols)| Pin No. S | Signal Pin No. Signal | ||
| 1 | R 9 + | 5 V | p o w |
| 2 G 10 | Ground (Vertical | sync.) | |
| 3 B 11 | Monitor ID0 | ||
| 4 Mon | tor ID2 12 DDC data | ||
| 5 Ground | (Horizontal sync.) | 13 Hor | zontal sync. |
| 6 Ground (R) | 14 Vertical sync. | ||
| 7 Ground (G) | 15 DDC clock | ||
| 8 Ground (B) | |||
■ Service Port (CONTROL)
Pin assignment

natural_image
Diagram of a 2.5-pin D-sub connector with numbered pins (1-9) and two terminals, no text or symbols present.| Pin No. Signal | |
| 1 | OPEN |
| 2 | RxD |
| 3 | TxD |
| 4 | OPEN |
| 5 | GND |
| 6 | OPEN |
| 7 | OPEN |
| 8 | OPEN |
| 9 | OPEN |
Communication format
Communication mode : RS-232-C, asynchronous, half-duplex communication
Communication speed : 19200bps
Character length : 8 bits
Stop bits : 2 bits
Parity : None
Flow control : None
Control commands
| Commands ASCII representation Binary representation | |||
| Power supply | Power on POWER ON50h 4Fh 57h 45h 52h 20h 4Fh 4Eh 0Dh | ||
| Power off POWER OFF50h 4Fh 57h 45h 52h 20h 4Fh 46h 46h 0Dh | |||
| Power status acquisition | GET POWER47h 45h 54h 20h 50h 4Fh 57h 45h 52h 0Dh | ||
| Input status (WUX5000 / WUX4000) | DVI-D INPUT=D-RGB49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 44h 2Dh 52h 47h 42h 0Dh | ||
| HDMI | INPUT=HDMI | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 48h 44h 4Dh 49h 0Dh | |
| Analog PC | INPUT=A-RGB | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 41h 2Dh 52h 47h 42h 0Dh | |
| Component | INPUT=COMP | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 43h 4Fh 4Dh 50h 0Dh | |
| Input status (WX6000 / SX6000) | HDMI | INPUT=HDMI | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 48h 44h 4Dh 49h 0Dh |
| Digital PC | INPUT=D-RGB | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 44h 2Dh 52h 47h 42h 0Dh | |
| Analog PC1 | INPUT=A-RGB1 | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 41h 2Dh 52h 47h 42h 31h 0Dh | |
| Analog PC2 | INPUT=A-RGB2 | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 41h 2Dh 52h 47h 42h 32h 0Dh | |
| Component | INPUT=COMP | 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 3Dh 43h 4Fh 4Dh 50h 0Dh | |
| Input source acquisition | GET INPUT | 47h 45h 54h 20h 49h 4Eh 50h 55h 54h 0Dh | |
| Commands | ASCII representation | Binary representation | |
| Image mode | Standard IMAGE=STANDARD | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh 53h 54h 41h 4Eh 44h 41h 52h 44h 0Dh | |
| Presentation IMAGE=PRESENTATION | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh 50h 52h 45h 53h 45h 4Eh 54h 41h 54h 49h 4Fh 4Eh 0Dh | ||
| VividPhoto IMAGE=VIVID_PHOTO | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh 56h 49h 56h 49h 44h 5Fh 50h 48h 4Fh 54h 4Fh 0Dh | ||
| Photo /sRGB IMAGE=PHOTO_SRGB | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh 50h 48h 4Fh 54h 4Fh 5Fh 53h 52h 47h 42h 0Dh | ||
| Dynamic IMAGE=DYNAMIC | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh 44h 59h 4Eh 41h 4Dh 49h 43h 0Dh | ||
| Video IMAGE=VIDEO49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 56h 49h 44h 45h 4Fh 0Dh | ||
| Cinema IMAGE=CINEMA49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h | 3Dh 43h 49h 4Eh 45h 4Dh 41h 0Dh | ||
| Image mode U | User 1 IMAGE=USER_149h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 55h 53h 45h 52h 5Fh 31h 0Dh | |
| User 2 IMAGE=USER_249h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 55h 53h 45h 52h 5Fh 32h 0Dh | ||
| User 3 IMAGE=USER_349h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 55h 53h 45h 52h 5Fh 33h 0Dh | ||
| User 4 IMAGE=USER_449h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 55h 53h 45h 52h 5Fh 34h 0Dh | ||
| User 5 IMAGE=USER_549h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 3Dh | 55h 53h 45h 52h 5Fh 35h 0Dh | ||
| Image mode acquisition | GET IMAGE47h 45h 54h 20h | 49h 4Dh 41h 47h 45h 0Dh | |
| Brightness | Brightness value setting | BRI=53h 48h 41h | 42h 52h 49h 3Dh0Dh |
| Brightness acquisition | GET BRI | 47h 45h 54h 20h 42h 52h 49h 0Dh | |
| Sharpness | Sharpness value setting | SHARP=53h 48h 41h | 52h 50h 3Dh0Dh |
| Sharpness acquisition | GET SHARP | 47h 45h 54h 20h 53h 48h 41h 52h 50h 0Dh | |
| Contrast | Contrast value setting | CONT=53h 4Fh 4Eh 54h 3Dh0Dh | 43h 4Fh 4Eh 54h 3Dh0Dh |
| Contrast acquisition | GET CONT | 47h 45h 54h 20h 43h 4Fh 4Eh 54h 0Dh | |
| Aspect (WUX5000 / WUX4000) | Auto | ASPECT=AUTO | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 41h 55h 54h 4Fh 0Dh |
| 4:3 | ASPECT=4:3 | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 34h 3Ah 33h 0Dh | |
| 16:9 | ASPECT=16:9 | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 31h 36h 3Ah 39h 0Dh | |
| Zoom | ASPECT=ZOOM | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 5Ah 4Fh 4Dh 0Dh | |
| True size | ASPECT=TRUE | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 54h 52h 55h 45h 0Dh | |
| Full | ASPECT=FULL | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 46h 55h 4Ch 4Ch 0Dh | |
| Aspect (WX6000 / SX6000) | Auto | ASPECT=AUTO | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 41h 55h 54h 4Fh 0Dh |
| 4:3 | ASPECT=4:3 | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3DH 34h 3Ah 33h 0Dh | |
| 16:9 | ASPECT=16:9 | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 31h 36h 3Ah 39h 0Dh | |
| 16:10 | ASPECT=16:10 | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 31h 36h 3Ah 31h 30h 0Dh | |
| Zoom | ASPECT=ZOOM | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 5Ah 4Fh 4Dh 0Dh | |
| True size | ASPECT=TRUE | 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 3Dh 45h 52h 55h 45h 0Dh | |
| Aspect value acquisition | GET ASPECT | 47h 45h 54h 20h 41h 53h 50h 45h 43h 54h 0Dh | |
| Lamp mode | Normal | LAMP=NORMAL | 4Ch 41h 4Dh 50h 3Dh 4Eh 4Fh 52h 4Dh 41h 4Ch 0Dh |
| Quiet | LAMP=SILENT | 4Ch 41h 4Dh 50h 3Dh 53h 49h 4Ch 45h 4Eh 54h 0Dh | |
| Lamp mode value acquisition | GET LAMP | 47h 45h 54h 20h 4Ch 41h 4Dh 50h 0Dh | |
Product Specifications
| Commands ASCII representation Binary representation | ||
| Blank Blank Oh BLANK=ON42h 4Ch 41h 4Eh 4Bh 3Dh 4Fh 4Eh 0Dh | 42h 4Ch 41h 4Eh 4Bh 3Dh 4Fh 4Eh 0Dh | |
| OFF42h 4Ch 41h 4Eh 4Bh 3Dh 4Fh 46h 46h 0Dh | ||
| Blank acquisition | GET BLANK47h 45h 54h 20h 42h 4Ch 41h 4Eh 4Bh 0Dh | |
Numerics
6-axis color adjust 117
A
Adjusting Keystone Distortion 76
Adjusting the focus 73
Adjusting the Volume 83
Air filter 193
Ambient light 115
Analog PC 47, 59, 164
ANALOG PC / COMPONENT IN terminal (WUX5000 / WUX4000) ..... 40, 47, 49, 53, 59, 164
Analog PC-1 (WX6000 / SX6000) ... 47, 48
Analog PC-1 / COMPONENT IN terminal (WX6000 / SX6000) .... 41, 48, 49, 54, 59, 164
Analog PC-2 (WX6000 / SX6000) ..... 48
Analog PC-2 / DVI-I IN terminal (WX6000 / SX6000) 41, 48, 50, 59
ASPECT 70
Aspect 63, 69, 93, 207
AUDIO IN terminal 40, 41, 47, 50, 53, 139
AUDIO OUT terminal ..... 40, 41, 51, 55
Auto (Aspect) 69
AUTO PC 62
B
Beep 122
BLANK 82
Brightness 111
C
Ceiling mounted 104
Channel setting 124
Component 53, 59, 95, 164
Connection to Computer 47
Contrast 112
D
D. ZOOM 84
D.SHIFT / KEYSTONE (WUX5000 / WUX4000) ..... 67, 68, 76
DHCP 175
Digital Image Shift 67
Digital PC 50, 59, 164
Direct power on 121
Display Resolution (Preparing the Computer) 61
Display settings menu 88
Displaying logo 106
DVI 50, 59, 164
DVI-D IN (WUX5000 / WUX4000) ..... 50
DVI-D IN terminal (WUX5000 / WUX4000) 40
DVI-I IN (WX6000 / SX6000) 48, 50
DVI-I IN terminal (WX6000 / SX6000) ... 41
Dynamic gamma 116
F
Factory defaults 140
FOCUS 73
FREEZE 82
G
Guide 126
H
HDMI 51, 52, 59, 164
HDMI color space 99
HDMI IN terminal 40, 41, 51, 52
HDMI input level 98
HDMI over scan 100
Horizontal pixels 97
Horizontal position 96
|
IMAGE 79
Image adjustment menu 88, 89
Image flip H/V (Ceiling mounted / Rear projection) 104
Image mode 109
Image Mode (Image Quality) .....78
Information 88, 89, 141
INPUT 60
Input settings (WX6000 / SX6000) .....89
Input signal select ....59, 94, 95
Input Terminal 40
Connecting to AV Equipment .....52
Connection to Computer 47
Install settings (WX6000 / SX6000) .....89
K
Key lock 123
Keystone 76
KEYSTONE (WX6000 / SX6000) 76
L
LAMP (WUX4000) 119
Lamp counter 135
Lamp mode (WUX4000) 119
Lamp replacement .....135, 195, 196
LAN port 40, 41
Language 125
LED indicator 202
M
Memory Color Correction .....117
MENU 88, 89
Menu display time 132
Menu position 102
MUTE 83
N
Network function 172
Network Password setting 173
Network setting 88, 89
Network setting initialization .....176
Network setting lock 171
Noise reduction 116
O
OK 35,36
P
Password settings 128
Performing Gamma Correction .....113
PJLink 174
Positional lock (WX6000 / SX6000) .....139
POWER 56, 80, 121
Power Management 57
Power management mode (settings) ..120
Power Saving (Power Management) .....57
Progressive 101
Projector on 106
P-TIMER (WUX5000 / WUX4000) .....85
R
Rear projection ....104
Register password 129
Remote control .....29, 34, 36, 124
Reset 119, 140
S
Screen aspect 63, 107, 207
Screen color 103
Screen When Blank 106
Selecting a language .....57, 125
Selecting an Image Quality .....109
Setting Display Status 93
Setting Various Functions .....120
Sharpness 113
Side Control 38
Signal type 218
System settings menu 88, 89
T
TCP/IP settings 175
Test pattern (WX6000 / SX6000) .....138, 217
Total dots 95
Tracking 96
True size (Aspect) 69
Turning on external monitor output (preparing the notebook computer) .....58
Index
V
Vertical pixels 98
Vertical Position 97
VOL 83
W
WARNING indicator 38, 202
Z
ZOOM 71
Zoom (Aspect) 69
Zooming an Image 84
Option
| L a m pPart No.: RS-LP06 (WUX4000)RS-LP07 (WUX5000 / WX6000 / SX6000)Ceiling attachmentPart No.: RS-CL11Ceiling-mount pipe (400 - 600 mm)Part No.: RS-CL08*Ceiling-mount pipe (600 - 1000 mm)Part No.: RS-CL09*Black top panelPart No.: RS-TC01 | Air filterPart No.: RS-FL01Standard Zoom LensPart No.: RS-IL01STLong Zoom LensPart No.: RS-IL02LZShort Fixed LensPart No.: RS-IL03WFUltra Long Zoom LensPart No.: RS-IL04ULRemote controlPart No.: RS-RC04 (WUX5000 / WUX4000)RS-RC05 (WX6000 / SX6000) |
* Use the above materials to hang the projector from the ceiling. For details, refer to the assembly and installation manual provided with the ceiling attachment RS-CL11.
- Installing / Removing the Lens Unit
It is possible to use replace the lens unit. Regarding installation and replacement of the lens unit, contact a qualified technician or the Canon Customer Support Center for further information. Do not attempt installation and replacement of the lens unit yourself.
• Precaution for qualified technicians
Before installation and replacement the lens unit, check the part number and use the correct lens unit.
Display settings Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Aspect"] --> B["Input signal select"]
B --> C["Input signal settings"]
C --> D["HDMI input level"]
D --> E["HDMI color space"]
E --> F["HDMI over scan *1"]
B --> G["Analog PC"]
G --> H["Component"]
H --> I["User screen settings"]
I --> J["Screen aspect"]
J --> K["Image flip H/V None"]
C --> L["Analog PC"]
L --> M["HDMI"]
M --> N["HDMI over scan *1"]
G --> O["Digital PC / Analog PC"]
O --> P["P93"]
P --> Q["Progressive"]
Q --> R["Menu position P102"]
R --> S["Screen color Norma"]
S --> T["Image flip H/V None"]
L --> U["Total dots P95"]
L --> V["Tracking P96"]
L --> W["Horizontal position P96"]
L --> X["Vertical position P97"]
L --> Y["Horizontal pixels P97"]
L --> Z["Vertical pixels P98"]
M --> AA["Auto*"]
M --> AB["Full"]
M --> AC["16:9"]
M --> AD["4:3"]
N --> AE["Auto*"]
N --> AF["Full"]
N --> AG["16:9"]
N --> AH["4:3"]
O --> AI["Auto*"]
O --> AJ["Full"]
O --> AK["16:9"]
O --> AL["4:3"]
P --> AM["Component"]
AM --> AN["HDMI"]
Q --> AO["Component / HDMI"]
AO --> AP["P101"]
AO --> AQ["Off"]
AO --> AR["On"]
AO --> AS["Auto*"]
R --> AT["Greenboard"]
R --> AU["Adjust Red / Green / Blue"]
S --> AV["Ceiling mounted"]
S --> AW["Rear"]
S --> AX["Rear, Ceiling mounted"]
T --> AY["No signal screen Black"]
Y --> AZ["Blue*"]
U --> BA["Screen when blank Black *"]
U --> BB["Blue"]
V --> BC["Projector on Skip"]
W --> BD["Canon logo*"]
X --> BE["Return"]
Y --> BF["16:10*"]
Y --> BG["16:9"]
Z --> BH["4:3"]
AA --> BI["16:9 D. image shift"]
AB --> BJ["4:3 D. image shift"]
AC --> BK["P94"]
AK --> BL["P95"]
AD --> BM["P98"]
MA["P99"] --> BN["P100"]
Image Adjustment Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Image mode"] --> B["Create Profile P110"]
B --> C["Baseline Image Mode (when user memory is selected)"]
C --> D["Brightness P111"]
D --> E["Contrast P112"]
E --> F["Sharpness P113"]
F --> G["Gamma P113"]
G --> H["Color adjustment P114"]
H --> I["Color level"]
H --> J["Color balance"]
H --> K["Color temperature"]
H --> L["R Gain"]
H --> M["G Gain"]
H --> N["B Gain"]
H --> O["R Offset"]
H --> P["G Offset"]
H --> Q["B Offset"]

flowchart
graph TD
A["Advanced adjustment"] --> B["Ambient light Off"]
B --> C["Adjust"]
C --> D["Type Tungsten"]
D --> E["Fluorescent"]
D --> F["Fluorescent H"]
C --> G["Level L"]
G --> H["M"]
G --> I["H"]
B --> J["Return"]
J --> K["Noise reduction *2"]
K --> L["Component / HDMI"]
L --> M["Off"]
L --> N["Weak"]
L --> O["Middle"]
L --> P["Strong"]
K --> Q["Dynamic gamma Off"]
Q --> R["*1"]
R --> S["Weak *2"]
R --> T["Middle"]
R --> U["Strong"]
K --> V["Mem. color correct *3"]
V --> W["Off"]
V --> X["L"]
V --> Y["M"]
V --> Z["H"]
K --> AA["6-axis color adjust Off"]
AA --> AB["*"]
AB --> AC["Adjust"]
AB --> AD["Reset"]
AB --> AE["Hue/Saturation/Brightness"]
AA --> AF["Fine-Tune Gamma P118"]
AF --> AG["Return"]

flowchart
graph TD
A["Lamp mode *4 Normal *"] --> B["Reset"]
B --> C["Quiet"]
C --> D["P119"]
B --> E["OK / Cancel"]
Factory default settings for *1, *2 and *3 are set according to the following conditions.
*1: • For Analog PC, Digital PC or HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]), the factory default is [Off].
- For Component, and HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]), the factory default is [On].
*2: • For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]), the factory default is [Off].
- For Component, the factory default is [Weak].
*3: • For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]), Digital PC or Analog PC, if any image mode is used except [VividPhoto], the factory default is [Off]. If [VividPhoto] is used, the factory default is [Middle].
- For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]) or Component, the factory default is [Weak], regardless of the image mode.
*4: • WUX4000
System Settings Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Power management mode"] --> B["Direct power on Off *"]
B --> C["Beep Off"]
C --> D["Key lock Off *"]
D --> E["Remote control Ch1"]
E --> F["Language"]
F --> G["Guide Off P126"]
G --> H["Show Input Status Off"]
H --> I["HDMI In"]
I --> J["Other settings"]
J --> K["Password settings Off *"]
K --> L["Register password"]
L --> M["Lens Ctrl Lock"]
M --> N["Lens shift Reset Lens shift"]
N --> O["Menu display time Normal"]
O --> P["Overheat Warning Display"]
P --> Q["Deflicker"]
Q --> R["Lamp counter"]
R --> S["Factory defaults"]
S --> T["Return"]
A --> U["Off *"]
U --> V["Standby"]
U --> W["Exit"]
B --> X["On"]
X --> Y["P121"]
C --> Z["On *"]
Z --> AA["P122"]
D --> AB["Main unit"]
AB --> AC["P123"]
D --> AD["Remote control"]
AD --> AE["Ch2"]
AD --> AF["Ch3"]
AD --> AG["Ch4"]
AD --> AH["Independent *"]
E --> AI["English Turkish"]
AI --> AJ["P125"]
AI --> AK["German Polish"]
AI --> AL["French Hungarian"]
AI --> AM["Italian Czech"]
AI --> AN["Spanish Danish"]
AI --> AO["Portuguese Arabic"]
AI --> AP["Swedish"]
AP --> AQ["Chinese (Simplified)"]
AI --> AR["Russian"]
AR --> AS["Chinese (Traditional)"]
AI --> AT["Dutch Korean"]
AT --> AU["Finnish Japanese"]
AI --> AV["Norwegian"]
G --> AW["On *"]
H --> AX["On *"]
I --> AY["P127"]
I --> AZ["P127"]
J --> BA["Auto *"]
BA --> BB["Computer"]
K & L & M & N & O & P & Q & R & S & T & U & V & W & X & Y & Z & AA & AB & AC & AD & AE & AF & AG & AH & AI & AJ & AK & AL & AM & AN & AO & AP & AQ & AR & AS & AT & AU & AV & AW & AX & AY & AZ & AR & AS & AT & AU & AV & AW & AX & AY & AH & AV & AW & AX & AY & AT & AU & AV & AW & AX & AY & AH & AV & AW & AH & AV & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AV & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU & AV & AW & AH & AH & AV & AH & AT & AU, P128, P129, P130, P131, P132, P133, P134, P135, P140
Network Setting Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Network setting lock"] --> B["Unlock"]
A --> C["Lock *"]
D["Network function"] --> E["Off *"]
D --> F["On"]
G["Network Password setting"] --> H["Off"]
G --> I["On *"]
J["Register Network Password"] --> K["Password input"]
L["PJLink"] --> M["Off"]
L --> N["On *"]
O["DHCP"] --> P["Off *"]
O --> Q["On"]
R["TCP/IP setting"] --> S["IP address"]
R --> T["Subnet mask"]
R --> U["Gateway address"]
R --> V["Enter"]
W["Network setting initialization"] --> X["Yes / No"]
Information Menu
| Model name | P141 |
| Input signal | |
| Firmware | |
| Serial No. | |
| IP address | |
| Gateway address | |
| E-mail sender address | |
| E-mail recipient address | |
| Projector name | |
| Location | |
| System information ID |
*: Factory defaults (setting after reset)
Input Settings Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Aspect"] --> B["Input signal select"]
B --> C["Input signal settings"]
C --> D["HDMI input level"]
D --> E["HDMI color space"]
E --> F["HDMI over scan*1"]
F --> G["Progressive"]
A --> H["Digital PC / Analog PC-1 / 2 / HDMI (when [HDMI In"] is["PC"])]
H --> I["Auto *"]
H --> J["16:10"]
H --> K["16:9"]
H --> L["4:3"]
H --> M["True size"]
H --> N["HDMI (when [HDMI In"] is["Auto"])/Component]
N --> O["Auto *"]
N --> P["16:10"]
N --> Q["16:9"]
N --> R["4:3"]
N --> S["Zoom"]
N --> T["True size"]
B --> U["Analog PC-1 / 2"]
U --> V["640 x 480"]
U --> W[":"]
U --> X["1920 x1200"]
C --> Y["Analog PC-1 / 2"]
Y --> Z["Total dots"]
Y --> AA["Tracking"]
Y --> AB["Horizontal position"]
Y --> AC["Vertical position"]
Y --> AD["Horizontal pixels"]
Y --> AE["Vertical pixels"]
D --> AF["HDMI"]
AF --> AG["Auto *"]
AF --> AH["Normal"]
AF --> AI["Expanded"]
E --> AJ["HDMI"]
AJ --> AK["Auto *"]
AJ --> AL["RGB"]
AJ --> AM["YCbCr"]
F --> AN["HDMI"]
AN --> AO["Off"]
AN --> AP["On"]
G --> AQ["Component / HDMI"]
AQ --> AR["Off"]
AQ --> AS["On"]
AQ --> AT["Auto *"]
H --> AU["P93"]
AU --> AV["P94"]
AU --> AW["P95"]
AU --> AX["P96"]
AU --> AY["P97"]
AU --> AZ["P98"]
H --> BA["P100"]
BA --> BB["P101"]
Image Adjustment Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Image mode"] --> B["Image P109"]
B --> C["Standard *"]
C --> D["Photo/sRGB"]
D --> E["User 1 - 5 (when creating profile)"]
E --> F["Digital PC / Analog PC-1/2 / HDMI (when [HDMI In"] is["Computer"])]
F --> G["P109"]
F --> H["P109"]
H --> I["Presentation"]
I --> J["VividPhoto"]
J --> K["Component / HDMI (when [HDMI In"] is["Auto"])]
K --> L["Dynamic"]
K --> M["Video"]
K --> N["Cinema"]
O["Create Profile P110"] --> P["Save profile (When profile is selected)"]
P --> Q["P110"]
Q --> R["Baseline Image Mode (When profile is selected)"]
R --> S["P111"]
S --> T["Brightness P111"]
T --> U["Contrast P112"]
U --> V["Sharpness P113"]
V --> W["Gamma P113"]
W --> X["Color adjustment P114"]
Y["Color level"] --> Z["Color balance"]
Z --> AA["Color temperature"]
AA --> AB["R Gain"]
AB --> AC["G Gain"]
AC --> AD["B Gain"]
AD --> AE["R Offset"]
AE --> AF["G Offset"]
AF --> AG["B Offset"]
AH["Advanced adjustment"] --> AI["Ambient light Off *"]
AI --> AJ["Adjust"]
AJ --> AK["Type Tungsten"]
AK --> AL["Fluorescent"]
AL --> AM["Fluorescent H"]
AM --> AN["Level L"]
AN --> AO["M"]
AO --> AP["H"]
AP --> AQ["Return"]
AR["Noise reduction *2"] --> AS["Component / HDMI"]
AS --> AT["P116"]
AS --> AU["Off"]
AU --> AV["Weak"]
AV --> AW["Middle"]
AW --> AX["Strong"]
AY["Dynamic gamma Off *"] --> AZ["P116"]
AZ --> BA["Weak *2"]
BA --> BB["Middle"]
BB --> BC["Strong"]
DA["Mem. color correct *3"] --> AE
AE --> DB["Off"]
DB --> DC["L"]
DC --> DD["M"]
DD --> DE["H"]
AFY["6-axis color adjust Off *"] --> AZ
AZ --> BE["P117"]
BE --> BF["Adjust"]
BF --> BG["Hue / Saturation / Brightness"]
BG --> BH["Reset"]
AIY["Fine-Tune Gamma"] --> AZ
AZ --> BI["P118"]
BI --> BJ["Return"]
AKY["Reset"] --> BK["OK / Cancel"]
BK --> BL["P119"]
Install settings Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Positional lock Off * P139"] --> B["Test pattern Off * P138"]
B --> C["Screen aspect 16:10 *5"]
C --> D["Keystone adjustment"]
D --> E["Digital image shift D. image shift adjustment P108"]
E --> F["Image flip H/V None* P104"]
F --> G["Lens shift reset Lens shift reset P131"]
G --> H["Audio in terminal select"]
H --> I["HDMI Off"]
I --> J["Digital PC"]
J --> K["Analog PC-1"]
K --> L["Analog PC-2"]
L --> M["Component"]
M --> N["Screen color"]
N --> O["On screen"]
O --> P["Menu position"]
P --> Q["Guide"]
Q --> R["Show input status"]
R --> S["Overheat warning display"]
S --> T["Menu display time"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style H fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style I fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style J fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style K fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style L fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style M fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style N fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style O fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style P fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style Q fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style R fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style S fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style T fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

flowchart
graph TD
A["Lamp warning display"] --> B["Filter warning display"]
C["Off"] --> D["P135"]
E["On *"] --> F["P137"]
G["Off"] --> H["P137"]
I["On *"] --> J["P137"]
*1 - *5: Factory default settings are set according to the following conditions.
*1: • For Analog PC-1/2, Digital PC or HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]), the factory default is [Off].
- For Component, and HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]), the factory default is [On].
*2: • For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]), the factory default is [Off].
- For Component, the factory default is [Weak].
*3: • For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Computer]), Digital PC or Analog PC-1/2, if any image mode is used except [VividPhoto], the factory default is [Off]. If [VividPhoto] is used, the factory default is [Middle].
- For HDMI (when [HDMI In] is [Auto]) or Component, the factory default is [Weak], regardless of the image mode.
*4: • SX6000
*5: • WX6000
System Settings Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Power management mode"] --> B["Off * P120"]
B --> C["Standby"]
B --> D["Exit"]
E["Direct power on Off * P121"] --> F["On"]
G["User screen settings"] --> H["No signal screen Black P105"]
H --> I["Blue *"]
G --> J["Screen when blank Black * P106"]
J --> K["Blue"]
G --> L["Projector on Skip P106"]
L --> M["Canon logo *"]
N["Beep Off P122"] --> O["On *"]
P["Key Repeat Off P122"] --> Q["On *"]
R["Key lock Off * P123"] --> S["Main unit"]
R --> T["Remote (wireless)"]
U["Remote control Ch1 P124"] --> V["Ch2"]
U --> W["Ch3"]
U --> X["Ch4"]
U --> Y["Independent*"]
Z["HDMI In"] --> AA["Auto *"]
Z --> AB["Computer"]
AC["Language"] --> AD["English"]
AC --> AE["Turkish"]
AC --> AF["P125"]
AG["Other settings"] --> AH["Password settings"]
AH --> AI["Off * P128"]
AH --> AJ["On"]
AK["Register password"] --> AL["Password input"]
AK --> AM["P129"]
AN["Gamma restore"] --> AO["Off P134"]
AN --> AP["Adjust"]
AQ["Lamp counter"] --> AR["Return"]
AQ --> AS["P135"]
AQ --> AT["Reset (OK / Cancel)"]
AU["Filter counter"] --> AV["Return"]
AU --> AW["P137"]
AU --> AX["Reset (OK / Cancel)"]
AY["Factory defaults"] --> AZ["OK / Cancel"]
BA["Return"] --> BB["P140"]
Network Setting Menu

flowchart
graph TD
A["Network setting lock"] --> B["Unlock"]
B --> C["P171"]
A --> D["Lock *"]
E["Network function"] --> F["Off *"]
F --> G["P172"]
E --> H["On"]
I["Network Password setting"] --> J["Off"]
J --> K["P173"]
I --> L["On *"]
M["Register Network Password"] --> N["Password input"]
O["PJLink"] --> P["Off"]
Q["DHCP"] --> R["Off *"]
S["TCP/IP setting"] --> T["IP address"]
U["Network setting initialization"] --> V["Yes / No"]
W["P174"] --> X["P175"]
Y["On *"] --> Z["P176"]
AA["Subnet mask"] --> AB["P175"]
AC["Gateway address"] --> AD["P175"]
AE["Enter"] --> AF["P175"]
Information Menu
| Model name | P141 |
| Input signal | |
| Firmware | |
| Serial No. | |
| IP address | |
| Gateway address | |
| E-mail sender address | |
| E-mail recipient address | |
| Projector name | |
| Location | |
| System information ID |
*: Factory defaults (setting after reset)
Canon
CANON INC.
30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan
U.S.A.
CANON U.S.A. INC.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042-1198, U.S.A.
For all inquires concerning this product, call toll free in the U.S. 1-800-OK-CANON
CANADA
CANON CANADA INC. HEADQUARTERS
6390 Dixie Road, Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1P7, Canada
CANON CANADA INC. MONTREAL BRANCH
5990, Côte-de-Liesse, Montréal Québec H4T 1V7, Canada
CANON CANADA INC. CALGARY OFFICE
2828, 16th Street, N.E. Calgary, Alberta T2E 7K7, Canada
For all inquiries concerning this product, call toll free in Canada
1-800-OK-CANON
EUROPE, AFRICA & MIDDLE EAST
CANON EUROPE LTD.
3 The Square Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1ET United Kingdom
CANON EUROPA N.V.
Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands
CANON FRANCE S.A.S
17, quai du President Paul Doumer, 92414 Courbevoie Cedex, France
CANON UK LTD.
Woodhatch Reigate Surrey RH2 8BF, United Kingdom
15F Jinbao Building No.89 Jinbao Street, Dongcheng District, Beijing 100005, China
CANON HONGKONG CO., LTD.
19 / F., The Metropolis Tower, 10 Metropolis Drive, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
CANON SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.
1 HarbourFront Avenue, #04-01 Keppel Bay Tower, Singapore 098632
CANON KOREA CONSUMER IMAGING INC.
Canon BS Tower 5F, #168-12 Samseong-dong, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea
OCEANIA
CANON AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.
1 Thomas Holt Drive, North Ryde, N.S.W. 2113, Australia
Akoranga Business Park, Akoranga Drive, Northcote, Auckland, New Zealand








Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)BNC cable (not included)










Mini D-sub 15-pin - BNC terminal converter cable (not included)BNC cable (not included)


RCA plug - RCA plug component cable (not included)
























































